Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
RAN15.0
Issue
Draft A
Date
2013-01-30
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Contents
Contents
1 About This Document ..............................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios .............................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Functions of Load Control ............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control ................................................................................................ 2-3
2.3.1 User Priority .......................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority ......................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.3 Integrated User Priority......................................................................................................... 2-4
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Contents
8 Load Reshuffling.......................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Basic Congestion Triggering ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.1 Power Resource ................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2 Code Resource ..................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.1.3 Iub Resource ........................................................................................................................ 8-3
8.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource........................................................................................................ 8-3
8.2 LDR Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.3 LDR Actions ................................................................................................................................... 8-8
8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover ............................................................................... 8-8
8.3.2 BE Rate Reduction ............................................................................................................. 8-11
8.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services ............................................... 8-12
8.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain .............................................................................. 8-12
8.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 8-13
8.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction .......................................................................................................... 8-13
8.3.7 Code Reshuffling ................................................................................................................ 8-14
8.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction .................................................................................................... 8-15
8.3.9 PS Inter-RAT Handover from UMTS to LTE ....................................................................... 8-15
8.3.10 LDR Actions of One UE in the Uplink and Downlink ........................................................ 8-16
Draft A (2013-01-30)
ii
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Contents
11 Engineering Guidelines.......................................................................................................11-1
11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call ................................................................................................ 11-1
11.1.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface .................................. 11-1
11.2.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement .......................................................................................... 11-3
11.3.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-3
11.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling .............................................................................................. 11-5
11.4.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-5
11.5 WRFD-020107 Overload Control .............................................................................................. 11-8
11.5.1 Deployment ....................................................................................................................... 11-8
11.6 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management .......................................................................... 11-9
Draft A (2013-01-30)
iii
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Contents
Draft A (2013-01-30)
iv
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Contents
12 Parameters .............................................................................................................................12-1
13 Counters..................................................................................................................................13-1
14 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................14-1
15 Reference Documents .........................................................................................................15-1
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of information that was not described in
the earlier version.
Document Versions
The document issue is as follows:
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
This is a draft for RAN15.0.
Compared with issue 02 (2012-07-20) of RAN14.0, Draft A (2012-12-30) of RAN15.0 includes the
following changes.
Change Type
Change Description
Feature change
Parameter Change
Optimized the RRC Redirection for Service Added the RedirEcN0Thd parameter
Steering feature. Added network impact and
engineering guidelines for this feature. For
details, see following sections:
Draft A (2013-01-30)
1-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Steering"
T381
N381
T300
MaxFachPower
SIGRBIND
TrChId
OffsetFACHPower
Added the initial rate negotiation for CS+PS Added the following parameters:
BE combined services function. For details, BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
see "Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE
ReservedSwitch0:
Service in CS+PS Combined Services" in
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11
section 5.4.3 "Initial Rate Negotiation."
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15
ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch:
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_A
7.2.2 "Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of DJ_SWITCH
PCPICH"
PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState
10.7 "WRFD-150236 Load Based
Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH"
11.19 "WRFD-150236 Load Based
Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH"
PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState
FuncSwitch2:
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ
Draft A (2013-01-30)
1-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_
CE_SWITCH parameter
Draft A (2013-01-30)
None
1-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
2 Overview
2 Overview
The WCDMA system is a self-interfering system. As the load of the system increases, the interference
rises. A relatively high interference can affect the coverage of cells and QoS of established services.
Therefore, the capacity, coverage, and QoS of the WCDMA system are mutually affected. To solve these
problems, the load control function is introduced to control the load in a cell.
Load control aims to maximize the system capacity while ensuring coverage and QoS by controlling the
key resources, such as power, downlink channelization codes, channel elements (CEs), and Iub
transmission resources, which directly affect user experience.
Each cell has its own set of load control functions that are responsible for monitoring and controlling the
resources of the cell. The load control functions monitor the load condition of the cell through load
measurement, make the admission decision for services through intelligent access control and call
admission control, and relieve congestion in a cell.
The load control functions are applied to different UE access phases as follows:
During UE access: Intelligent Access Control (IAC) and Call Admission Control (CAC)
The following sections provide detailed information about the load control functions performed in the
different UE access phases.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
2-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
2 Overview
PUC
The function of PUC is to balance traffic load among cells on different frequencies. The RNC uses
PUC to modify cell selection and reselection parameters, and broadcasts them through system
information. In this way, UEs are directed to the lightly loaded cells. The UEs can be in idle mode,
CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state.
IAC
The function of IAC is to increase the access success rate with the current QoS guaranteed through
rate negotiation, queuing, preemption, and directed retry decision (DRD). For details about DRD, see
Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
CAC
The function of CAC is to decide whether to accept resource requests from UEs, such as access,
reconfiguration, and handover requests, depending on the resource status of the cell.
For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
CLB
The function of CLB is to initiate the procedure of inter-frequency load balancing when a cell is not
congested, ensuring load balancing among cells. This function supports intra- and inter-RNC load
balancing. CLB may occur before LDR. That is, the RNC can perform inter-frequency load balancing
before a cell is congested.
LDB
The function of intra-frequency LDB is to balance the cell load between intra-frequency neighboring
cells to provide better resource usage. When the load of a cell increases, the cell reduces its coverage
to lighten its load. When the load of a cell decreases, the cell extends its coverage so that some traffic
is sent from its neighboring cells to it.
LDR
The function of LDR is to reduce the cell load when the cell enters the basic congestion state. The
purpose of LDR is to increase the access success rate by taking the following actions:
Load-based
BE
inter-frequency handover
QoS
Load-based
CS inter-RAT handover
Load-based
PS inter-RAT handover
AMR
Code
reshuffling
Draft A (2013-01-30)
2-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
MBMS
PS
2 Overview
power reduction
OLC
The function of OLC is to reduce the cell load rapidly when the cell is overloaded. The purpose of OLC
is to ensure the system stability and the QoS of most UEs in the following ways:
Restricting
Switching
Adjusting
Releasing
some RABs
Table 2-1 lists the resources that are considered by different load control functions.
Table 2-1 Resources considered by different load control functions
Load Control Function
Resources
Power
Code
NodeB Credit
Iub Bandwidth
CAC
IAC
PUC
CLB
LDB
LDR
OLC
-: not considered
: considered
Draft A (2013-01-30)
2-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
2 Overview
User
Priority
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Gold
Silver
Silver
Silver
ARP
10
11
12
13
14
15
User
Priority
Silver
Silver
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
If ARP is not received in messages from the Iu interface, the user priority is regarded as copper.
If PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
Traffic
Services
of the same traffic class: priority based on ARP, that is, ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... >
ARP14 > ARP15
Service
of the same traffic class and ARP (only for interactive services): priority based on Traffic
Handling Priority (THP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, that is,
THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
Services
of the same traffic class, ARP and THP (only for interactive services): High Speed Packet
Access (HSPA) or Dedicated Channel (DCH) service preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.
If PriorityReference is set to ARP, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
ARP: ARP1
> ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15
Services
of the same ARP: priority based on traffic classes, that is, conversational > streaming >
interactive > background
Only
for the interactive service of the same ARP value: priority based on Traffic Handling Priority
(THP), that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
Services
of the same ARP, traffic class and THP (only for interactive services): HSPA or DCH service
preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
2-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
3 Load Measurement
This chapter describes the WRFD-020102 Load Measurement feature.
The load control functions, such as OLC and CAC, use load measurement values in the uplink and the
downlink. A common Load Measurement (LDM) function is used to control load measurement in the
uplink and the downlink separately.
Load measurement is implemented by the NodeB. The filtering of measurement quantities is
implemented by the NodeB and the RNC.
When
For details about the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation, see HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
OLC always uses the measured RTWP value no matter whether the RNC uses the measured RTWP value. For details
about OLC, see chapter 9 "Overload Control".
Non-HSPA power: TCP excluding the power used for transmission on HSPA channels. For the detailed
information about HSPA channels, see HSDPA Feature Parameter Description and HSUPA Feature
Parameter Description.
non-HSPA power consumption to the maximum transmit power of this cell (MaxTxPower). Downlink load in an R99 cell
is the proportion of TCP to the maximum transmit power of this cell.
Provided Bit Rate (PBR) on HS-DSCH. For details about PBR, see 3GPP 25.321.
Power Requirement for GBR (GBP) on HS-DSCH: minimum power required to ensure the GBR on
HS-DSCH
PBR on E-DCH Light State, Normal State, Loaded State, Heavy State, Overload State
Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share (RSEPS): power of the E-DCH scheduling service in the
serving cell
Uplink total load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load, and control channel load. Measuring
the uplink total load depends on the NodeB hardware.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
Uplink minimum guaranteed load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load required by the
HSUPA GBR, and control channel load. Measuring the uplink minimum guaranteed load depends on
the NodeB hardware.
The HSUPA GBR is calculated as follows:
If
the function uplink enhanced L2 is disabled, GBR = max (bit rate of one RLC PDU, GBR).
If
the function uplink enhanced L2 is enabled, GBR = max (bit rate of the smallest RLC PDU, GBR).
The NodeB measures the major quantities related to load control. After layer 1 and layer 3 filtering, the
measurement values are reported to the RNC through the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT
message.
The RNC performs smooth filtering of the measurement values reported from the NodeB and then
obtains the measurement values, which further serve as data input for the load control algorithms.
The RNC calculates the actual uplink load based on the filtered RTWP, uplink total load, and uplink
minimum guaranteed load. The actual uplink load is one of the factors for the uplink load-related
algorithms.
When one base station uses multiple antennas, these antennas may cause interference to each other. If antenna
interference is imbalanced or if some antennas become invalid, the measured RTWP and uplink load may be inaccurate.
In this situation, the anti-imbalance of the different antenna algorithm can be used to correct the inaccurate measurement
results and reflect the actual cell load. In this way, system capacity and network coverage can be better balanced. This
algorithm helps address shrinking uplink coverage and reduced system capacity in multi-antenna scenarios.
Uplink load measurement involves the measurement of RSEPS, uplink total load, and uplink minimum guaranteed load.
The anti-imbalance of the different antenna algorithm is controlled by the ANTIANTENNAIMBALANCESW parameter on
the NodeB side.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
Measurement Quantity
RTWP
ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas
RSEPS
TenMsecForUlBasicMeas
TCP
MinForUlBasicMeas
ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas
Non-HSPA power
TenMsecForDlBasicMeas
MinForDlBasicMeas
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas
HS-DSCH PBR
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas
E-DCH PBR
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas
In Figure 3-2:
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
Layer 1 filtering is not standardized by protocols and it depends on vendor equipment. Layer 3 filtering is
standardized. The filtering effect is controlled by a higher layer. The alpha filtering that applies to layer 3
filtering is calculated according to the following formula:
where
= (1/2)k/2, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified by the following parameters.
For
For
LDM must apply different smooth window length and measurement periods to PUC, CAC, LDR, and
OLC to obtain appropriate filtered values.
The following table lists the smooth window length parameters for setting different functions.
Table 3-1 The smooth window length parameters for setting different functions
Function
PUC
PucAvgFilterLen
CAC
UlCacAvgFilterLen
DlCacAvgFilterLen
LDB
LdbAvgFilterLen
LDR
UlLdrAvgFilterLen
DlLdrAvgFilterLen
OLC
UlOlcAvgFilterLen
DlOlcAvgFilterLen
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
GBP measurements have the same smooth window length in all related functions. The filter length for GBP measurement
is specified by the HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen parameter.
The length of the PBR smooth filter window is specified by the HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen /
HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen parameter.
CLB measurements have the same smooth window length with LDR.
If the temperature in the equipment room is constant, the background noise changes slightly. In this
case, the background noise requires no adjustment after initial correction.
If the temperature in the equipment room varies with the ambient temperature, the background noise
changes greatly. In this case, the background noise requires auto-adaptive upgrade.
The following figure shows the flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update, which is enabled by
the BGNSwitch parameter.
BGNSwitch is set to ON by default.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
The Alpha filter formula is: Fn = (1 - ) x Fn-1 + x Mn (n1). For details about this formula, see section 3.3.1 "Layer 3
used in auto-adaptive upgrade decision and is set by the BGNAdjustTimeLen parameter. For the setting of RTWP
reporting period, see section 3.2 "Reporting Period."
BGNOptSwitch is set to OFF, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value. The procedure goes to 4
(a).
If
BGNOptSwitch is set to ON, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value - uplink total load
measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (b).
If the current time is not within the effective period, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement
value and uplink total load measurement value.
The uplink total load measurement depends on the NodeB hardware. For details, see section 3.1 "Load-related
Measurement Quantities" When the uplink total load measurement is invalid, background noise update is not performed.
The initial value of the filter is set to the current background noise.
the current ENU is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC infers that Mn includes
other noises in addition to the background noise, and therefore it does not feed Mn to the filter. In
addition, the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial
value of the filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends.
The RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
If
the current ENU in the cell is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC
feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.
(b). The RNC determines whether the uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value
of BGNULLoadThd:
If
the latest uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd, the
RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial value of the
filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits
for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
If
the latest uplink total load measurement value is smaller than or equal to the value of
BGNULLoadThd, the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.
5. The RNC checks whether |Mn - Fn-1| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd. If it is smaller
than this threshold value, the RNC increments the counter by one, calculates Fn according to the
Alpha filter formula, and performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.
6. The RNC checks whether the counter reaches the counting threshold. If it reaches the counting
threshold, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3 Load Measurement
7. The RNC checks whether |Fn - BackgroundNoise| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd.
The purpose is to prevent burst interference and RTWP spike. If it is smaller than the value of
BgnAbnormalThd, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero
and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
8. The RNC checks whether |Fn - current background noise| is greater than the value of
BgnUpdateThd. The purpose is to prevent frequent background noise upgrades on the Iub interface.
If it is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd, the RNC sets the current background noise to Fn,
sets the counter to zero, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value. Otherwise, the RNC sets
the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
----End
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
The PUC function is enabled only when the PUC sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter
is set to 1.
For a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC periodically monitors the downlink load of the cell.
If the cell load is higher than the upper threshold (SpucHeavy) plus the load level division hysteresis
(SpucHyst), the cell load is considered heavy.
If the cell load is lower than the lower threshold (SpucLight) minus SpucHyst, the cell load is
considered light.
For a cell supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC concurrently monitors the load state of each single cell and
load state of the cell group.
The checking of load state of a single cell is the same as that of a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA.
the load of the two cells is higher than their upper thresholds (SpucHeavy) plus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered heavy.
If
the load of the two cells is lower than their lower thresholds (SpucLight) minus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered light.
The load state of a cell supporting DC-HSDPA is determined based on the following table.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
4-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Heavy
Heavy
Heavy
Heavy
Normal
Normal, or light
Normal
Normal, or light
Normal
Normal
Light
Light
Light
The states of a cell load are heavy, normal, and light, as shown in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Cell load states
If the cell load becomes heavy, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to the lightly loaded
neighboring cells.
If the cell load becomes normal, the PUC uses the cell selection and reselection parameters
configured on the RNC LMT.
If the cell load becomes light, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to this cell.
The variables related to cell selection and reselection are Qoffset1(s,n) (load level offset), Qoffset2(s,n)
(load level offset), and Sintersearch (start threshold for inter-frequency cell reselection). The following
table describes PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
4-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Description
Implementation
The NodeB periodically reports the transmit power of the cell, and the PUC
periodically triggers the following activities:
Adjustment
Assessing the cell load level based on the non-HSPA power and HS-DSCH GBP
Setting Sintersearch, Qoffset1(s,n), and Qoffset2(s,n) based on the cell load level
Sintersearch
When
When
this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
When
this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
When
this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
Depending on the load status of the serving cell, the cell reselection variable Sintersearch is adjusted up
or down or kept unchanged. Changes to the variable Sintersearch are made as shown in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 Changes made to Sintersearch according to the load state
Load State of the
Serving Cell
S'intersearch
Change to Sintersearch
Light
Normal
S'intersearch = Sintersearch
Heavy
The configurations of Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are related to the load of the serving cell and the load of the
neighboring cells. Changes to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are made as shown in Table 4-4.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
4-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Table 4-4 Changes made to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 according to the load state
Load State of
the
Neighboring
Cells
Load State
of the
Serving
Cell
Q'offset1
Change
to
Qoffset1
Q'offset2
Change
to
Qoffset2
Light
Light
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Light
Normal
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Light
Heavy
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Light
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset2Light
Normal
Light
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Normal
Normal
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Normal
Heavy
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Light
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset2Light
Heavy
Light
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Heavy
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+
OffQoffset2Heavy
Heavy
Normal
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
+ OffQoffset1Heavy
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+
OffQoffset2Heavy
Heavy
Heavy
Q'offset1 = Qoffset1
Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
The prerequisite for changing the preceding parameters is that these parameters should be in their default values.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
4-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
IAC for RRC connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through
redirection and RRC DRD. It also implements load balancing and service steering.
IAC for RAB connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through DRD
and CAC. It also implements load balancing and service steering. Features such as preemption,
queuing, and low-rate access are used to further improve the RAB setup success rate.
In addition, IAC provides differentiated services for users with different priorities. For example, when the
system resources are insufficient, procedures such as direct admission, preemption, and redirection can
be performed to ensure the successful access of emergency calls to the network.
Figure 5-1 shows a typical procedure for service access control.
Figure 5-1 Service access control procedure
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
As shown in Figure 5-1, the procedure for service access includes the procedures for RRC connection
setup and RAB setup. The successful setup of the RRC connection is one of the prerequisites for the
RAB setup.
During the RRC connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps.
1. RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section
5.2.3 "Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from
another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the
next step.
2. RRC redirection for service steering. For details, see section 5.2.4 "RRC Redirection for Service
Steering."
If
the RNC decides to obtain UE access from the current cell, it then makes a resource-based
admission decision. If the resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs DRD and redirection.
If
the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it then sends an RRC connection reject
message to the UE. The message carries the information about the cell and instructs the UE to set up
an RRC connection to the cell.
For details, see section 5.2 "IAC During RRC Connection Setup."
During the RAB connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps:
3. Performs inter-frequency DRD to select a suitable cell for service steering or load balancing. For
details about DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4. Performs rate negotiation according to the service requested by the UE. For details, see section 5.4
"Rate Negotiation at Admission Control."
5. Makes cell resource-based admission decision. If the admission is successful, UE access is granted.
Otherwise, the RNC performs the next step. For details about admission decision, see Call
Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
6. Selects a suitable cell, according to the inter-frequency DRD, from the cells where no admission
attempt has been made, and then performs step 7. If all the attempts fail, the RNC performs the next
step.
7. Selects a suitable cell according to the inter-RAT DRD. If the inter-RAT admission is successful, UE
access is granted in the inter-RAT cell. If the inter-RAT DRD fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
8. Makes a preemption attempt. For details about preemption, see section 5.6 "Preemption." If the
preemption is successful, UE access is granted. If the preemption fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
9. Makes a queuing attempt. For details about queuing, see section 5.7 "Queuing."
10. ." If the queuing is successful, UE access is granted. If the queuing fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
11. Performs low-rate access. For details about low-rate access, see section 5.8 "Low-Rate Access of
the PS BE Service." If the low-rate access is admitted, UE access is granted. If the low-rate access is
unsuccessful, the RNC performs the next step.
12. Rejects UE access.
After the admission attempts of an HSPA service request fail in all candidate cells, the service falls back to the DCH. Then,
the service reattempts to access the network.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
HSUPA -
HSDPA -
DCH
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
After receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC performs inter-RAT
RRC redirection based on weak coverage when PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is selected. If this check box is not selected, the RNC performs the RRC
redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section 5.2.3
"RRC Redirection based on Distance". If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it
sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.
Then, the RNC uses the RRC redirection algorithm for service steering and Macro & Micro Joint
Inter-Frequency Redirection to decide whether the UE can access the network from the current cell:
If the UE can access the network from the current cell according to the decision result, the RNC uses
the CAC algorithm to decide whether an RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the
current cell.
If
the RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC sends an RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE.
If
the RRC connection cannot be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC attempts to
select a cell for RRC connection setup through RRC DRD. If the RRC DRD fails, RRC redirection will
be performed.
If the UE needs to access the network from another cell according to the decision result, the RNC
sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE. The message carries the information
about this cell.
RRC DRD
For details about the Macro & Micro Joint Inter-Frequency Redirection feature, see HetNet Co-Carrier Coordination Phase
1Feature Parameter Description.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If
If
2. The RNC obtains the Ec/N0 value of the current cell from the RACH Measurement Report IE in the
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
If
the Ec/N0 value is greater than or equal to the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the RNC
does not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage. The RRC connection setup
request is then processed in the current cell.
If
the Ec/N0 value is smaller than the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the procedure goes to
the next step.
3. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the
neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell or the IE "RACH Measurement Report" does not contain the
Ec/N0 value, inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is not performed.
the propagation delay is greater than DelayThs, the RNC performs the next step.
If
the propagation delay is equal to or less than DelayThs, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT
redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the
current cell.
3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell and checks whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT
redirection based on distance by considering the load status.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If
the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and
compares the value with the RedirFactorOfNorm parameter. If the random value is equal to or
smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform
RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the
UE in the current cell.
If
the cell is in the basic congestion state or is overloaded, the RNC generates a random value
ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfLDR parameter. If the random
value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection
setup request of the UE in the current cell.
4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the
neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell, the UE spontaneously selects a proper cell to access.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection
based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay of the UE from the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message and compares it with the propagation delay limit for inter-frequency RRC redirections. The
propagation delay threshold is specified by the InterFreqRedirDelayThd parameter.
If the propagation delay of the UE is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the RNC does
not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is
then processed in the current cell.
If the propagation delay of the UE is greater than InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the procedure goes to the
next step.
If the current cell is experiencing LDR (that is, the cell is in the basic congestion state in the uplink or
downlink), the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the
inter-frequency redirection factor for LDR (specified by InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR).
If
the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the procedure goes
to the next step.
If
the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the RNC does not perform
inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then
processed in the current cell.
If the current cell is not experiencing LDR, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and
compares it with the inter-frequency redirection factor for the normal state (specified by
InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm).
If
the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the procedure goes
to the next step.
If
the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the RNC does not perform
inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then
processed in the current cell.
4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message that contains the target
frequency number for redirection.
The RedirUARFCNUplinkInd parameter specifies whether to manually configure the uplink target
frequency number for redirection.
If
RedirUARFCNUplinkInd is set to TRUE, the uplink target frequency number is set by the
RedirUARFCNUplink parameter.
If
5. After inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is complete, the RNC prevents ping-pong
redirections regardless of whether the redirection is successful.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
the DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 1, the RNC determines the
service type requested by the UE. If the RNC succeeds in determining the service type requested by
the UE and the switch of RRC direction for service steering (RedirSwitch) is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step.
Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
If
the DR_ RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 0, the RNC handles the RRC
connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
2. Based on the setting of RedirSwitch and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch, the RNC takes the
corresponding actions:
If
If
The frequency information carried in the message can be set by running the SET UREDIRECTION command.
SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is effective when RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY.
The calculation method for the uplink/downlink power load of a cell is the same as that for the power load in the load
reshuffling algorithm.
If
3. Based on the cell load and the redirection factors, the RNC decides whether to perform RRC
redirection for service steering.
If
the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and
compares it with the corresponding unconditional redirection factor (RedirFactorOfNorm). If the
random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-10
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If
the cell is in the basic congestion or overload state, the RNC generates a random number between
0 and 1 and compares it with the value of RedirFactorOfLDR. If the random number is smaller than
this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup
request of the UE in the current cell.
4. When RedirBandInd is set to a value ranging from Band1 to Band9, the RNC takes the following
actions:
If
the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and the
value of CPICH Ec/N0 is larger than or equal to the value for RedirEcN0Thd, the RNC proceeds with
the next step. If the value of CPICH Ec/N0 is smaller than the value for RedirEcN0Thd, the RNC
processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.
If
the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is not contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message, the
RNC proceeds with the next step.
When RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and RedirBandInd is set to
DependOnNCell, the target cell must be an intra-band inter-frequency cell under the same RNC with
the current cell and BlindHoFlag for the target cell is set to TRUE.
If
a cell in the inter-frequency neighboring cell list meets the preceding requirements, the RNC
determines whether this neighboring cell is in the OLC state.
a. If this neighboring cell is in the OLC state, it cannot be the target cell of the UE. If all the
neighboring cells are in the OLC state, the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message in the current cell.
b. If this neighboring cell is not in the OLC state, the RNC proceeds with the next step.
If
all the cells in the inter-frequency neighboring cell list do not meet the preceding requirements, the
RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.
If parameter settings do not meet the requirements in this step, the RNC skips this step and proceeds with the next step.
If
Originating Conversational
Call
Domain
indicator
Call type
CS domain Speech
REL-6
REL-7
Terminating Conversational
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-11
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Identified Reference IE
Service
Establishment cause
Type
Domain
indicator
Call type
N/A
N/A
N/A
Call
AMR/VP
Originating Conversational
Call
REL-4
Terminating Conversational
Call
VP
Originating Conversational
Call
R99
REL-5
CS domain Video
N/A
REL-6
REL-7
Terminating Conversational
Call
PS R99
N/A
N/A
N/A
R99
REL-4
PS domain N/A
PS domain N/A
HS-DSCH or
HS-DSCH
+E-DCH
PS HSPA
REL-6
REL-7
PS R99 and PS HSPA services for UEs of the REL-5 version cannot be identified by the RNC because these UEs do not
carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
UEs of REL-5 and earlier versions do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs.
Therefore, the RNC cannot differentiate between AMR services and VP services. The RNC implements VP service
redirection the same way it implements AMR service redirection.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-12
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
When the RRC DRD fails, the RNC performs RRC redirection as follows:
The RNC selects another frequency for redirection based on the setting of the ReDirBandInd parameter.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to a specific band, the RNC selects the configured target
frequency number and redirects the UE. The target frequency number is configured by the following
parameters: ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNUplink, ReDirUARFCNDownlink.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the target frequency number
from the target frequency numbers corresponding to the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of
the current cell. In addition, the RNC excludes the target frequency numbers corresponding to the cells
that have carried out inter-frequency RRC DRD attempts.
If more than one target frequency number is available, the RNC selects a target frequency number
randomly. Then, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the
UE to the selected target frequency carried in the message.
If no target frequency number is available, the RNC continues to perform RRC redirection according to
the setting of the ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch parameter.
If
If
If the T381 timer expires, the RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the FACH when
resending the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE. The times for resending this message
are determined by the N381 timer.
If the T300 timer expires, after the UE resends an RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message, the
RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the FACH when sending the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message. The times for resending this message are determined by the N300 timer.
The FACH downlink transmit power is specified by the MaxFachPower parameter. If the FACH downlink
transmit power exceeds the OLC threshold (DlOlcTrigThd), the RNC will not adjust the FACH downlink
transmit power.
The FACH is a common channel. When the FACH power control of RRC phase function is enabled, the
FACH downlink transmit power for UEs with no power increase requirements is the difference between
the MaxFachPower and OffsetFACHPower parameters.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-13
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
When
If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "unspecified", the GBR negotiation will not be performed. In such a case, the GBR
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-14
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used. In
addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message does not contain the GBR.
If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "value range", the sole GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates"
is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the GBR.
If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "Discrete values", the largest GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit
Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the
GBR.
Initial admission rate: The RNC allocates bandwidths based on the initial admission rate and then
performs cell-resource-based admission based on the allocated bandwidths.
Initial access rate: Initial configured rate after service admission is successful, which means the
current maximum data transmission rate before any other reconfiguration.
For PS BE services, the RNC performs initial rate negotiation when a new service is being set up or the
UE is changing from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. The initial rate negotiation policy
varies, depending on the services carried on different channels.
PS BE Initial Rate
Dynamic Configuration
Switch
(PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DY
NAMIC_CFG_SWITCH)
ON
ON
In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR
and 384 kbit/s.
In the downlink, the initial rate is dynamically set on the
basis of Ec/N0. The specific method is as follows:
When the RNC receives an RRC connection setup
request, it starts the timer EcN0EffectTime.
Before the timer expires, the RNC dynamically sets the
initial rate based on the Ec/N0. The value of Ec/N0
comes from the latest RACH measurement report or
latest intra-frequency measurement report.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-15
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
DCCC
Switch
(DCCC_SWI
TCH)
PS BE Initial Rate
Dynamic Configuration
Switch
(PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DY
NAMIC_CFG_SWITCH)
ON
In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR
and the initial rate of the uplink BE service
(UlBeTraffInitBitrate).
OFF
MBR
If the DCCC function is enabled and the PS_RAB_Downsizing_Switch sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set
to 1, the RNC can decrease the rate through the RAB rate decrease function when the admission based on the initial rate
fails.
The PS BE service mentioned in this section can be the single PS BE service or the PS BE service in combined services.
If
For the HSDPA service, the initial admission rate and the initial access are both GBR.
5-16
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
signaling load increases, and the CS call drop rate may also increase. The initial rate negotiation
function is recommended when most PS BE services in CS+PS combined services have low data
transmission requirements.
The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter specifies the bearing policy for the PS BE service and the
initial rate for the PS BE service when the UE is in the CELL_DCH state or transitions to this state.
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs applies only to the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the
following scenarios:
Scenario 1: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing CS services or CS+PS combined
services (any PS service). Then, the UE initiates PS BE services.
Scenario 2: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services.
Scenario 3: The UE is in the CELL_FACH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_DCH state before establishing CS
services.)
Scenario 4: The UE is in the CELL_PCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state before
establishing CS services.)
This section describes the initial rate negotiation function only for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the
preceding scenarios. For details about the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in other scenarios, see
"Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services" and "Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services".
The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter can be set to OFF, DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA.
OFF: indicates that the initial rate negotiation function is disabled for the PS BE service in CS+PS
combined services in the preceding scenarios.
DCH 0k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 0 kbit/s.
DCH 8k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 8 kbit/s.
DCH 8k/HSDPA: indicates that the initial uplink rate for the DCH is 8 kbit/s and that downlink services
are carried on HSDPA channels.
The implementation of the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services varies depending on the protocol version that the UE complies with.
the BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs parameter is not set to OFF and the following switches are turned
off:
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28
Then, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as
listed in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-17
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
DCH 8k/HSDPA
If
Table 5-5 Initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
Turned on
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
Turned on
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
Turned on
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 8 kbit/s
If
Table 5-6 Initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforC
sPs
Turned on
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
Turned on
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
Turned on
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 8 kbit/s
In
Table 5-7 lists the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services when ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-18
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Table 5-7 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCs
Ps
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 8 kbit/s
Versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5 support neither HSDPA nor HSUPA. If ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS
combined services are as listed in Table 5-7.
If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned off, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE
Table 5-8 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 8 kbit/s
In
scenario 2, as long as BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs is not set to OFF, the initial uplink and downlink
rates for PS BE service is always carried on DCH are listed in Table 5-9.
In
scenario 3, when the uplink and downlink services can be carried on the DCH or HS-DSCH, the
initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in
Table 5-9.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-19
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Table 5-9 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k
DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA
DCH 8 kbit/s
In
scenario 1, BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs can be set to DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA. The
initial uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s, and downlink services are carried on HSDPA
channels.
In
Table 5-10 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14
Value of
BeInitBitrateTypefor
CsPs
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 0k
DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8 kbit/s
Service setup
Soft handover
If the cell has sufficient code and CE resource, the RNC sets the candidate target rate to the one that
matches the cell resource surplus. Then, the RNC sets the target rate to the greater one of the candidate
target rate and the GBR.
In the case of DCCC rate upsizing, if the rate upsizing fails, the target rate is the greater one of the
candidate target rate and the pre-upsizing DCCC rate.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-20
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
The CAC performs the admission decision based on resources such as code resource, power resource,
NodeB credit, and Iub resource. In the case of HSPA resource request, the admission decision is also
based on the number of HSPA users. The admission succeeds only when the resource on which CAC is
based is available.
For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
5.6 Preemption
Common Preemption
This section describes the preemption algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption
feature.
By forcibly releasing the resources of lower-priority users, the preemption (pre-emption) function
increases the access success rate of higher-priority users.
After cell/cell group resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs preemption if the following
conditions are met:
The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that preemption is
supported.
In the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent by the CN, the Pre-emption Capability IE specifies whether a service
can trigger preemption and the Pre-emption Vulnerability IE specifies whether a service can be preempted. That is,
Service priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform
preemption.
For
non-multi-carrier services, the RNC selects the cell with the highest service priority or lightest
load as the target cell.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-21
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Select as many users or RABs as necessary in order to match the resources needed by the RAB to be
established. When the priorities of two users or RABs are the same, the algorithm selects the user or
RAB that can release the most resources.
Preemptable users or RABs must have lower priorities than RABs to be established. The type of
preemptable user or RAB varies, depending on the type of resources that triggers the preemption.
The preemption algorithm checks whether the resources released by preempted UEs or RABs are sufficient for setting
up new RABs. It does not consider the remaining resources in the cell, because they may be used by other UEs during
the preemption.
For the preemption triggered for power, the preempted objects can be R99 users, R99 + HSPA combined users, or
HSPA RABs.
For the preemption triggered for the Iub bandwidth, the preempted objects can only be RABs.
For the preemption triggered for the credit resource, more than one user or RAB can be preempted.
For the preemption triggered for the code, only one user can be preempted.
For CS RABs with the preemption capability, the PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable parameter specifies
whether RRCs can be preempted when there are no RABs to be preempted.
If
PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON, the RRCs whose service request type is the PS BE
service and RABs have not been set up can be preempted by CS RABs.
If
RRCs do not have preemption attributes or priorities. Therefore, preemption attributes and priorities are not considered
during the preemption.
3. The RNC releases the resources occupied by the candidate users, RABs, or RRCs.
4. The requested service directly uses the released resources to access the network without an
admission decision.
For details about preemption of MBMS services, see MBMS Feature Parameter Description.
Emergency calls take priority over other common users and therefore can preempt all non-emergency
services. The common preemption procedure can be performed regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch.
When NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch is set to ON, the wireless priority service (WPS) function is enabled.
In such a case, the WPS users can trigger common preemption regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch. WPS users take priority over emergency call users.
WPS is a National Security/Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) voice service managed by the USA government. The
National Communications System (NCS) is authorized to manage the execution of the WPS project. The
NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority parameter specifies the WPS user priority.
When enabling the common preemption function, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be
Forced Preemption
Common preemption requires that RABs have been set up or are being set up for preempting users and
that preempting users have higher priorities than preemptable users. Therefore, CS services cannot
trigger preemption in the RRC connection setup phase. Even in the RAB-related phases, CS services
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-22
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
may fail to preempt PS services because of insufficient priorities. When PS traffic volume is high and
radio resources are insufficient, the success rate for CS service setup may decrease. To solve this
problem, forced preemption is introduced. This function ensures preferred access of AMR services and a
high success rate for AMR service setup.
After forced preemption is enabled, only CS conversational services can trigger preemption and only PS BE service
resources can be preempted.
The forced preemption function is controlled by the following switches under the PreemptEnhSwitch
parameter:
The following table describes how these two switches determine preemption.
Table 5-11 How these two switches determine preemption
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRA PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC RRC Connection
B_PREEMPT_PS_SWIT _PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH Setup Phase
CH
RAB-Related Phases
On
Off
CS conversational
services cannot
preempt PS BE
service resources.
On
On
Off
On
Common preemption is
performed. That is, Service
Priorities and the
Pre-emption Capability and
Pre-emption Vulnerability
IEs determine whether to
perform preemption.
Off
Off
CS conversational
services cannot
preempt PS BE
service resources.
Common preemption is
performed. That is, Service
Priorities and the
Pre-Emption Capability
and Pre-emption
Vulnerability IEs determine
whether to perform
preemption.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-23
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
In the RRC connection setup phase, if an RRC setup request is from the CS domain and the cause of RRC setup is
Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call, the RNC regards the corresponding service as CS
conversational service.
In the case of unconditional preemption, the RNC does not compare the priority of CS conversational
services with that of PS BE services. In addition, it does not consider the Pre-emption Capability or
Pre-emption Vulnerability IE delivered by the CN. In this case, PS BE services can be preempted by any
CS conversational services and only PS BE services can be preempted. Preempted PS BE services are
ranked by priority and PS BE services with the lowest priority are preempted.
When a UE transits to the CELL_DCH state from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state due to a CS service
request, the RNC implements the policy of forced preemption based on the setting of
CsP2DPreemptSwitch.
If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to OFF, the CS service request does not support preemption during a
transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state.
If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to ON, the CS service can preempt only PS BE services during a
transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state, regardless of the
preemption attributes and priorities of the CS and PS BE services.
If there is no PS BE services to preempt, forced preemption is implemented and the RRCs for PS BE
services are preempted when PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON. Otherwise, preemption fails.
For details about preemption of RRCs for PS BE services, see "Common Preemption" in section 5.6
"Preemption."
When enabling the forced preemption function, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be enabled
(controlled by PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the PreemptEnhSwitch parameter). When CE
resource admission fails due to insufficient CE resources, the CE resource preemption enhancement function can be
triggered on the NodeB side to ensure the CE resource preemption success rate. However, this function may occupy CE
resources reserved for RRC connection setups and handovers, reducing the handover success rate and RRC connection
setup success rate. This function does not affect the handover success rate and access success rate of the preempting
UEs. The probability of the handover success rate and access success rate being reduced is low. Therefore, this function
does not affect the performance of the live network.
5.7 Queuing
This section describes the queuing algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.
For PS services, after preemption fails, the RNC performs queuing if the following conditions are met:
The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that queuing is supported.
The queuing function is triggered by the heartbeat timer that is set by the PollTimerLen parameter. Each
time the timer expires, the RNC selects the service that meets the requirement to make an admission
attempt.
Multi-carrier services (such as DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA services) requested by the UE are
waiting to be processed in the primary cell.
The queuing algorithm checks whether the queue is full, that is, whether the number of service
requests in the queue exceeds QueueLen.
The queuing algorithm decides whether to put the request into the queue, as described in the following
table.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-24
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Not full
Full
Checks whether the integrated priority of any existing request is lower than that of
the new request
the queuing time of each request. The algorithm removes the request
with the longest queuing time from the queue
Stamps
the new request with the request time (T_request) and then puts it into
the queue
Starts
If no, then the queuing algorithm rejects the new request directly
After the heartbeat timer expires, the queuing algorithm performs resource-based admission attempts as
follows:
Rejects the request if the queuing time of the request (Telapsed) is longer than the maximum queuing
time (MaxQueueTimeLen). Here, Telapsed is equal to the current time minus the request time
(T_request).
Selects the request with the highest integrated priority for a resource-based admission attempt.
If more than one service has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects the request with the
longest queuing time.
If the attempt is successful, the heartbeat timer is restarted for the next processing.
the service request back into the queue with the request time (T_request) unchanged for the next
attempt.
Selects
the request with the longest queuing time from the rest and makes another attempt until a
request is accepted or all requests are rejected.
RAB setup
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-25
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
After a service request is rejected, the low-rate access actions in different scenarios are as follows:
Scenario
Scenario Description
FACH/E_FACH
DCH at 0 kbit/s
RAB setup
(the new PS
service can be
admitted at 0 kbit/s)
(only the PS
service can be
admitted at 0 kbit/s)
Hard
handover or
relocation
After an appropriate access action is determined, the service attempts to access the network.
If the action of access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s is determined, the service attempts to access the
network at 0 kbit/s for traffic and at the normal rate for signaling. For details about the methods of
resource-based admission decision, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
If the action of access from the FACH/E-FACH is determined, the service attempts to access the
network from the FACH/E-FACH.
5-26
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
To guarantee successful access of emergency calls, the RNC takes special measures for emergency
calls.
The RNC does not perform RRC redirection for service steering.
In the case of power-based admission, the emergency call is admitted regardless of whether the CAC
function is enabled or not.
In the case of hard resource-based admission, the emergency call is admitted if the current remaining
resources are sufficient for RRC connection setup. If the admission fails, preemption is performed
regardless of whether the preemption is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has
the highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the
EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."
If the CAC function is enabled, regardless of which algorithm is selected, the admission decision is
made as follows:
When
When
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-27
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If the CAC function switch is off, the emergency calls are directly admitted.
For hard resources (that is, code, Iub, and CE), the resource-based admission is successful if the
current remaining resources are sufficient for the request.
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."
Draft A (2013-01-30)
5-28
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Overlay network: The cells in a sector use equipment provided by different vendors, and these cells
may be managed by different RNCs. In this scenario, LDR cannot be used for load balancing among
cells under different RNCs.
Macro and micro combined network: Macro and micro cells are networked using different frequencies.
In this scenario, micro cells are required to absorb traffic volume preferentially, which means that load
balancing needs to be performed before a cell is overloaded. The existing LDR threshold cannot be
randomly changed. CLB can absorb traffic before load balancing is performed.
When the usage of cell resource exceeds the threshold for triggering the CLB state, the cell enters the
CLB state. In this case, CLB inter-frequency handovers are required to reduce the cell load and increase
the access success rate.
Figure 6-1 shows the CLB procedure.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
3. The RNC selects a user with the lowest priority for the CLB inter-frequency handover and checks the
number of selected users.
If
the number of selected users is lower than or equal to the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO
parameter, the procedure proceeds to the next step.
If
the number of selected users is larger than the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter,
the RNC waits for the next CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter and then
returns to step 2.
For details about user selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover, see section 6.3 "User Selection
for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."
4. The RNC selects the target cell or cells of a CLB inter-frequency handover for the selected users. For
details, see section 6.4 "Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."
5. When the NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC checks the number of
users in compressed mode with spreading factor (SF)/2 reduction.
If
the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is lower than
CellSFCMUserNumThd, the procedure proceeds to the next step.
If
the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is larger than or equal to
CellSFCMUserNumThd, the RNC waits for a CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen
parameter and then returns to step 2.
The first CLB period starts when a cell enters the CLB state.
6. The RNC performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers. For details, see section 6.5
"Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers." After the handovers are complete, the procedure
proceeds to 4.
Scope
CLB Switch
Power resource
Uplink
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: UL_UU_CLB
Downlink
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: DL_UU_CLB
Code resource
Downlink
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CODE_CLB
CE resource
Cell level
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CREDIT_CLB
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
NodeB level
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
If the uplink or downlink load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the
corresponding CLB triggering threshold listed in Table 6-2 for a period specified by the
UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the cell enters the CLB state and the RNC
performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers towards the target cell. If the uplink or downlink
load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is lower than the corresponding CLB
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Power resource CS
Uplink
UlPwrCSClbTrigThd
UlPwrCSClbRelThd
Downlink
DlPwrCSClbTrigThd
DlPwrCSClbRelThd
Uplink
UlPwrPSClbTrigThd
UlPwrPSClbRelThd
Downlink
DlPwrPSClbTrigThd
DlPwrPSClbRelThd
CS
Downlink
CellSfCSClbTrigThd
CellSfCSClbRelThd
PS
Downlink
CellSfPSClbTrigThd
CellSfPSClbRelThd
CS
Uplink
UlCreditCSClbTrigThd
UlCreditCSClbRelThd
Downlink
DlCreditCSClbTrigThd
DlCreditCSClbRelThd
Uplink
UlCreditPSClbTrigThd
UlCreditPSClbRelThd
Downlink
DlCreditPSClbTrigThd
DlCreditPSClbRelThd
PS
Code resource
CE resource
PS
Set the CLB releasing threshold to a value smaller than the CLB triggering threshold. It is recommended
that the difference value (in unit of %) be greater than or equal to 10.
The CLB state triggered by a CS service or the CS and PS combined services is referred to as the CS
CLB state, and the CLB state triggered by a PS service is referred to as the PS CLB state. Details are as
follows:
If the cell is in the CS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power
resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the CS CLB triggering threshold for a period
specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users
performing CS services.
For CS and PS combined services, the RNC determines their CS CLB state the same way it does with CS services.
If the cell is in the PS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power
resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the PS CLB triggering threshold for a period
specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users
performing PS services.
If the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing
CS services and the users performing PS services.
Figure 6-2 shows the process for triggering and releasing the CLB state.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
The RNC performs periodic CLB checks, checking whether the cells are in the CLB state. The period of
a CLB check is specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter.
If the current UL/DL load is higher than or equal to the UL/DL CLB triggering threshold for a hysteresis
time (UlLdTrnsHysTime/DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell is in the CLB congestion state and the related
CLB actions are triggered.
If the current UL/DL load is lower than the UL/DL LDR releasing threshold for a hysteresis time
(UlLdTrnsHysTime / DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell enters the normal state.
UL/DL
UL
Power
Service
DCH
HSUPA
DC-HSUPA
DCH
HSDPA
DC-HSDPA
FACH (MBMS)
DCH
HSDPA
DL
UL
Code
DL
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Resources
UL/DL
UL
Credit
Service
DC-HSDPA
FACH (MBMS)
DCH
HSUPA
DC-HSUPA
DCH
HSDPA
DC-HSDPA
FACH (MBMS)
DL
When a cell enters the CLB state, the RNC selects users for inter-frequency measurements based on
the following conditions:
The RNC selects users that support one of the frequencies used by the inter-frequency neighboring
cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE.
the cell is in the CS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing CS services.
If
the cell is in the PS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing PS services.
If
the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing
CS services and the users performing PS services.
The RNC selects users with a bandwidth smaller than or equal to the bandwidth upper limit.
The bandwidth of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services is their current rate,
and the bandwidth of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services is the GBR. The
parameters related to the bandwidth limit are UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd.
The RNC can select DC-HSUPA users whose primary cell is in the CLB state.
The RNC selects gold users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.
Then, the RNC sorts the selected users by integrated user priority in ascending order. The RNC selects
users with lower priorities first and then users with higher priorities. For users having the same integrated
priority, a user is randomly selected. The maximum number of selected users is specified by the
MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter. For details about the integrated user priority, see section 2.3.3
"Integrated User Priority."
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
The process for selecting a target cell of an inter-frequency handover varies according to the following
conditions:
RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. These cells must
be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.
From
the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working
on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over, the inter-frequency neighboring
cells in the CLB state, and the inter-frequency neighboring cells in the LDR state.
From
the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the cells whose cell load is larger than the CLB
triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold, ensuring that the selected cells have
sufficient resources. The selected cells are combined as candidate cells. The CLB triggering
threshold and difference threshold are set based on the air interface load, CE resource, and code
resource. The CLB difference threshold is used to set the resource space threshold for CLB
inter-frequency handovers. The related parameters are described as follows:
Resource Type
Uplink
Downlink
Power resource
UlPwrLoadSpaceThd
DlPwrLoadSpaceThd
Code resource
None
ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd
CE resource
UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
From
the candidate cells, the RNC selects a cell or cells with the highest priority as the target cell or
cells based on the CLB-capable neighboring cell priority (CLBPrio).
When
the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed
users cannot be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
The RNC can identify the CLB state of the inter-RNC neighboring cell only by the "high load cell" mark. If the
SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the RNC does not identify the CLB state by the "high load cell"
mark.
The
RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. The selected cells
must NOT be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.
From
the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working
on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over and the inter-frequency
neighboring cells in the CLB state and the 3G cells marked "high load cell" as candidate cells. The
details about the 3G cells marked "high load cell" are as follows:
a
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
When a 3G cell under a neighboring RNC is marked "high load cell", a penalty timer
(PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell) starts. The 3G cell cannot be selected as the target cell of a
CLB inter-frequency handover until the timer expires. When it expires, the "high load cell" mark
is removed from the 3G cell.
From
the candidate cells, the RNC selects a cell or cells with the highest priority as the target cell or
cells based on the CLB-capable neighboring cell priority (CLBPrio).
When
the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed
users cannot be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
RNC selects the combination of target cells that are selected when this parameter is set to
ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC and ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC as candidate cells.
From
the candidate cells, the RNC selects a cell or cells with the highest priority as the target cell or
cells based on the CLB-capable neighboring cell priority (CLBPrio).
In the preceding three scenarios, if the RNC selects a DC-HSUPA user, the target cell must not be an inter-frequency
neighboring cell from the same carrier group.
The RNC initiates an inter-frequency hard handover if the received measurement report includes a cell
that meets all of the following criteria:
The
cell quality meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency handover thresholds.
The
The
cell load is less than or equal to the CLB triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.
If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails,
the RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate
cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.
If the received measurement report includes more than one cell, the RNC selects a target cell based
on the following rules and initiates an inter-frequency hard handover.
The
RNC selects cells whose cell load meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency
handover thresholds.
The
RNC excludes cells in the CLB state and cells whose cell load exceeds the CLB triggering
threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.
The
RNC selects a cell with the highest integrated priority as the target cell. If more than one cell has
the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects any of them as the target cell.
If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails,
the RNC selects the target cell with the second-highest integrated priority. If the handover still fails, the
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate
cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.
In the intra-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB does not depend on any features.
In the inter-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB depends on the WRFD-020110 Multi
Frequency Band Networking Management feature.
The difference between CLB and LDR lies in timing for algorithm triggering. LDR is used in the basic
congestion scenario. CLB is used for load balancing when:
The cell has been congested but LDR cannot be used for load balancing, such as load balancing
among cells under different RNCs.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
6-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
When the cell load increases, this function reduces the P-CPICH transmit power. As a result, cell
coverage shrinks and UEs at the cell edge can be handed over to intra-frequency neighboring cells.
This reduces the load in the current cell.
When cell load decreases, this function increases the P-CPICH transmit power. In this case, cell
coverage is widened and UEs from other heavily loaded neighboring cells can be handed over to the
current cell.
The intra-frequency load balancing function increases resource usage and system capacity by utilizing
idle resources in neighboring cells.
Intra-frequency load balancing incorporates the downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink
intra-frequency load balancing functions. The downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink
intra-frequency load balancing functions cannot take effect simultaneously. If they are enabled at the
same time, the downlink intra-frequency load balancing function takes precedence.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the cell overload threshold (CellOverrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell is heavily overloaded. In this case, the transmit power of the P-CPICH needs to
be reduced step by step. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the minimum transmit power of P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower),
the current transmit power is not adjusted.
Because of the reduction in the pilot power, the UEs at the edge of the cell can be handed over to
neighboring cells, especially to those with a relatively light load and with relatively high pilot power.
After that, the downlink load of the cell is lightened accordingly.
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the cell underload threshold (CellUnderrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load. In this case, the transmit power
of the P-CPICH can be increased step by step to help lighten the load of neighboring cells. The step is
specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power of P-CPICH
(MaxPCPICHPower), the current transmit power is not adjusted.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
This feature dynamically adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on downlink non-HSPA load in a
cell to reduce downlink non-HSPA load for this cell. After the power adjustment, the maximum and
minimum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs is also changed. To minimize the impact of
power adjustment on online UEs, this feature compensates the maximum and minimum DPCH transmit
power during the power adjustment procedure.
When DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is
selected, the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature is activated and the TCP-based
intra-frequency load balancing function becomes disabled. The RNC periodically checks the downlink
non-HSPA power load in the current cell and adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power.
Figure 7-2 shows the flowchart of the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH algorithm.
Figure 7-2 Flowchart of the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH algorithm
The RNC checks the downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell at an interval specified by the
IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen parameter. Then the RNC adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power for this
cell.
If downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell is equal to or larger than the value specified in the
PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter, this cell is heavily loaded. In this situation, the P-CPICH
transmit power is reduced according to the value of the PCPICHPowerPace parameter so that
cell-edge UEs can be handed over to neighboring cells with lighter load. This reduces downlink power
load and increases downlink capacity of the current cell.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
The minimum transmit power of the P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower) is the lower limit for power
adjustment. The P-CPICH transmit power will not be reduced if reaching this limit. The maximum
power reduction is the difference between the PCPICHPower and MinPCPICHPower parameters.
The PCPICHPower parameter specifies the P-CPICH transmit power.
If downlink non-HSPA load in the current cell is smaller than the value specified in the
PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState parameter, this cell is lightly loaded. In this situation, more services can be
processed in this cell and the P-CPICH transmit power can be increased according to the value of the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter. This widens cell coverage and the widened coverage can
accommodate cell-edge UEs from neighboring cells. This relieves load of the neighboring cells.
The maximum transmit power of the P-CPICH (MaxPCPICHPower) is the upper limit for power
adjustment. P-CPICH transmit power will not be increased if reaching this limit. The maximum power
increase is the difference between the MaxPCPICHPower and PCPICHPower parameters. The
PCPICHPower parameter specifies the P-CPICH transmit power.
To minimize the impact of power adjustment on online UEs, this feature compensates the maximum and
minimum DPCH transmit power during the power adjustment procedure.
If the adjusted P-CPICH transmit power is lower than the value of the PCPICHPower parameter, the
maximum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs remains the same as the power before the
power adjustment to promote link stability for online UEs.
If the adjusted P-CPICH transmit power is higher than the value of the PCPICHPower parameter, the
minimum transmit power of the DPCH carrying online UEs remains the same as the power before the
power adjustment to reduce non-HSPA power consumption.
The maximum and minimum transmit power for online UEs before the power adjustment is the sum of the PCPICHPower
and RlMinDlPwr parameters, and the sum of the PCPICHPower and RlMaxDlPwr parameters, respectively. For details
about the RlMinDlPwr and RlMaxDlPwr parameters, see Power Control Feature Parameter Description.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
As shown in Figure 7-3, the RNC performs the following actions in each ULB period (specified by the
IntraFreqULBPeriodTimerLen parameter):
1. The RNC obtains RTWP from the NodeB and then performs smooth filtering on the RTWP value. The
smooth filtering window is specified by the ULBAvgFilterLen parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates the uplink load of the current cell based on the filtered RTWP value.
If
the filtered RTWP value is between RTWPHeavyThd and RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the
load of the current cell to be normal. In this case, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this
period.
If
the filtered RTWP value is more than or equal to RTWPHeavyThd, the RNC considers the load of
the current cell to be heavy. In this case, the RNC performs step 3.
If
the filtered RTWP value is less than or equal to RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the load of the
current cell to be light. In this case, the RNC performs step 4.
3. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MinPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is more
than MinPCPICHPower, the RNC decreases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.
4. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MaxPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is less
than MaxPCPICHPower, the RNC increases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
8 Load Reshuffling
This chapter describes the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature.
When the usage of cell resources exceeds the basic congestion trigger threshold, the cell enters the
basic congestion state. In this case, LDR is required to reduce the cell load and increase the access
success rate.
For an HSUPA cell, if HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is not selected,
regardless of the value of the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger
basic congestion based on ENU.
If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example,
when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will
trigger basic congestion based on ENU.
The downlink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:
If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based
on the uncontrollable load in the HSUPA cell or total RTWP load in the R99 cell. And the downlink load of
the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the HSDPA cell or total TCP load
in the R99 cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of
the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load in the cell, respectively. For details about the load of
a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see Call Admission Control Feature
Parameter Description.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
In a DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell, if the cell load is calculated based on the number of equivalent users, only the
equivalent users on the primary carrier are counted in the DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell.
Congestion control based on power resource can be enabled through the DL_UU_LDR and
UL_UU_LDR sub-parameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and relieving of basic congestion.
Figure 8-1 Triggering and relieving of basic congestion
As shown in Figure 8-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UL/DL LDR trigger
threshold (UlLdrTrigThd or DlLdrTrigThd) for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the basic congestion state,
and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 8-2, are taken. If the current UL/DL load of the
cell is lower than the UL/DL LDR relief threshold (UlLdrRelThd or DlLdrRelThd) for a hysteresis time,
the cell changes to the normal state and the related load reshuffling actions are stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600 ms.
The DL LDR trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR trigger
thresholds of the two cells in this group. The DL LDR relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals
the sum of the DL LDR relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA cell group is in the
basic congestion state, the related LDR actions are performed in each cell separately.
In a DC-HSUPA cell, LDR triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
If the SF corresponding to the current remaining code of the cell is larger than the value of
CellLdrSfResThd, code congestion is triggered and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in
Table 8-2, are taken.
Type B: Basic congestion at the local cell group level (if any)
The following table lists the LDR switches that need to be set to 1 for different algorithm types.
Table 8-1 LDR switches to be set to 1
Algorithm
Type A
LC_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH
CELL_CREDIT_LDR
Type B
LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH
LCG_CREDIT_LDR
Type C
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR
For R99 cells, only DCH UEs are selected by LDR actions.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
The GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter specifies whether LDR actions select gold users. The RNC selects gold
users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.
Code reshuffling
Inter-RAT load-based handover in the CS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT
Inter-RAT
The difference between the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" and "Inter-RAT Should
Not Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" actions lies in the selection of users. The former only involves
CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE in RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST set to "handover to GSM should be
performed", while the latter only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not
be performed". For details about the "service handover" IE, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Inter-RAT load-based handover in the PS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT
Inter-RAT
The sequence of LDR actions can be changed by running the MOD UCELLLDR/MOD UNODEBLDR
command.
The following figure illustrates the detailed LDR procedure. In this example, the sequence of LDR
actions is fixed to load-based inter-frequency handover, code reshuffling, BE rate reduction, inter-RAT
handover in CS domain, inter-RAT handover in PS domain, AMR rate reduction, QoS Renegotiation for
Uncontrollable Real-Time Services, and MBMS power reduction.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
As shown in the preceding figure, when the system is congested, the load-based inter-frequency
handover is initiated first.
If the handover succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the
system is still congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is initiated again.
the code reshuffling succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested.
If the system is still congested, the code reshuffling is initiated again.
If
the code reshuffling fails, the next action, BE rate reduction, is taken.
The remaining actions to be performed may be deduced by analogy. For details about LDR actions, see
section 8.3 "LDR Actions."
The LDR actions that are triggered by basic congestion caused by different resources are different.
Table 8-2 describes the LDR actions intended for different resources.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
When the basic congestion is triggered by different resources, the congestion can be relieved in an order
set by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.
UL
DCH
HSUPA
DC-HS
UPA
DCH
HSDPA
DC-HS
DPA
Inter-RAT
Handover in CS
Domain
Load-based
Inter-Frequency
Handover
DL
FACH
(MBMS)
Iub
UL
DCH
HSUPA
DC-HS
UPA
DL
MBMS Power
Reduction
Power
Code Reshuffling
LDR Actions
AMR Rate
Reduction
Service
Inter-RAT
Handover in PS
Domain
UL/
DL
BE Rate Reduction
Reso
urces
QoS Renegotiation
for Uncontrollable
Real-Time Services
DCH
HSDPA
DC-HS
DPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Code
DL
DCH
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Credit
UL
DCH
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
DC-HS
UPA
DL
DCH
Inter-RAT
Handover in CS
Domain
MBMS Power
Reduction
Code Reshuffling
QoS Renegotiation
for Uncontrollable
Real-Time Services
HSUPA
AMR Rate
Reduction
LDR Actions
Inter-RAT
Handover in PS
Domain
Service
BE Rate Reduction
UL/
DL
Load-based
Inter-Frequency
Handover
Reso
urces
8 Load Reshuffling
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
The Inter-RAT Handover in CS Domain action can be performed for the HSDPA services only when
the HsdpaCMPermissionInd parameter is set to TRUE.
If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency
handover for HSUPA user can be performed.
If the uplink power-based admission uses the power resource algorithm, the load-based
inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user cannot be performed, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the
preceding table.
If the downlink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be
caused by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate reduction or MBMS power
reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.
In the same environment, different rates have different downlink transmit powers. The higher the rate,
the greater the downlink transmit power. Therefore, the load can be reduced by bandwidth
reconfiguration.
If dynamic CE resource management is enabled, BE service rate downsizing of LDR actions that is
triggered by insufficient NodeB credit resource is ineffective to HSUPA users.
For LDR triggered by Iub congestion, RNC selects UEs in the congested path or port.
In an LDR-triggered DC-HSUPA cell, the RNC selects only the DC-HSUPA UEs whose current cell is
the primary cell. If LDR is triggered because of insufficient uplink power or number of equivalent users,
the RNC does not select the DC-HSUPA UEs whose secondary carrier cell is the target cell.
Parameters related to certain LDR actions are classified into cell-level and NodeB-level parameters.
These parameters apply to different resources.
NodeB-level
parameters take effect when Iub resources, cell group credit resources, or NodeB credit
resources are in basic congestion state.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
Cell-level
parameters take effect when power resources, code resources, or cell credit resources are
in basic congestion state.
service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.
The
user rate of UEs is smaller than or equal to the handover bandwidth threshold. The handover
bandwidth thresholds of uplink and downlink are respectively specified by the UlInterFreqHoBWThd
and DlInterFreqHoBWThd parameters.
If
the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are
selected as candidate UEs.
If multiple UEs have the same lowest integrated priority, the algorithm selects the one with the highest rate for
handover.
The user rates of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services are their actual rates, and the user
rates of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services are their GBRs. The user rates must be less
than UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd in the uplink and downlink.
If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected as candidate
UEs. UEs processing CS services are not selected because they consume a small amount of credit resource and
therefore handovers of them can do little to ease credit congestion. In addition, selecting UEs processing CS services
as candidate UEs may increase the call drop rate of CS services.
3. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following requirements:
The
cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.
The
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
CPICH
RSCP of the current cell in the measurement report that is reported by UE is higher than or
equal to BlindHOQualityCondition of the candidate cells.
The
algorithm selects the candidate cells to be handed over according to the setting of
NbmLdcUeSelSwitch:
a. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the algorithm only selects
the candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service.
b. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST, the algorithm first selects
the candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service. If there are no such cells, the
algorithm selects the candidate cells from the cells not supporting the UE service.
c. If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, the condition is invalid for the algorithm.
The
The
there are more than one candidate cells meeting the requirements, the first cell in the list of the
neighbor cells is selected as the blind handover target cell.
If
there is no such cell, the RNC selects the candidate user of the second lowest integrated user
priority to retry to select the target cell.
If
all the candidate users have been tried and the RNC does not select the target cell, the action fails
and the algorithm takes the next action.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
5. After selecting the target cell and the UE, the RNC makes blind handover decision. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.
The
The
DrdOrLdrFlag parameter of the cell is set to True, indicating that the cell can be measured.
If
If
the UESpdOptSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC identifies high-speed users. To high-speed
users, the value of HCSPrio for candidate cells must be higher than that for the serving cell. For
details on how to identify high-speed users, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-10
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
1. The RNC issues a measurement control message to the UE, requesting the UE to measure the
signal quality of all candidate cells.
2. The UE measures the RSCP and Ec/N0 of the candidate cells and periodically reports the
measurement results to the RNC. The reporting period is specified by the PrdReportInterval
parameter.
3. Based on the received measurement results, the RNC selects the candidate cells. The candidate
cells must meet the following conditions:
The
The
measured RSCP is higher than the RSCP threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdRscp
parameter.
The
measured Ec/N0 is higher than the Ec/N0 threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdEcN0
parameter.
If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.
4. The RNC selects the cell with the highest priority from the candidate cells to perform inter-frequency
hard handover.
If
If
the handover fails, the RNC tries accessing the cell with the second highest priority to perform
inter-frequency hard handover until the handover succeeds or it has attempted to access all the
candidate cells.
If the compressed mode is required for the UE to perform inter-frequency measurement, the RNC starts the
inter-frequency measurement timer (specified by the InterFreqMeasTime parameter) as soon as the measurement
control message is issued. If inter-frequency handover remains unsuccessful until the timer expires, the RNC stops the
inter-frequency measurement and cancels the compressed mode.
BE rate reduction can only be performed when the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the
DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.
The LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the BE RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the BE RABs that meet the following condition:
The
current rate of the BE RAB is higher than the GBR specified by running the SET UUSERGBR
command.
The
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-11
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-12
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
4. The handover module decides to trigger the inter-RAT handover, depending on the capability of the
UE to support the compressed mode.
5. If a UE that meets the handover criteria is not found, the algorithm takes the next action.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-13
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
If
no such candidate sub-tree is available, sub-tree selection fails. This procedure ends.
3. Selects a sub-tree from the candidate sub-trees according to the setting of LdrCodePriUseInd.
If
this parameter is set to TRUE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number from
the candidates.
If
this parameter is set to FALSE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the smallest number of
users from the candidates. if multiple sub-trees have the same number of users, the algorithm selects
the sub-tree with the largest code number.
4. Treats each user in the sub-tree as a new user and allocates code resource to each user.
5. Initiates the reconfiguration procedure for each user in the sub-tree and reconfigures the
channelization codes of the users to the newly allocated code resource.
The reconfiguration procedure on the UU interface is initiated through the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message and that on the Iub interface through the RL RECONFIGURATION
message.
The following figure shows an example of code reshuffling. In this example, CellLdrSfResThd is set to
SF8, and MaxUserNumCodeAdj is set to 1.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-14
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
The downlink power load can be reduced by lowering the power on MBMS traffic channels.
The algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects a RAB with the lowest integrated priority and with the current power higher than
the minimum transmit power of the corresponding MTCH. That is, it selects an RAB whose ARP
value is higher than MbmsDecPowerRabThd.
3. The algorithm triggers a reconfiguration procedure to set the power to the minimum transmit power of
the FACH onto which the MTCH is mapped.
The reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface is implemented through the COMMON
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-15
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
A RAB
can be handed over or redirected to LTE cells only when the IE "E-UTRAN Service Handover"
in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is null and
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the EUTRANSHIND parameter in the ADD
UTYPRABBASIC command is selected.
If
the value of the IE "E-UTRAN Service Handover" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
is "Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed", a RAB cannot be handed over or redirected to
LTE cells.
If
To
Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature, the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to
LTE function must be enabled.
To
activate the Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE feature, the PS handover from UMTS to
LTE function must be enabled and HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1 parameter must be cleared.
For details about redirection and handovers, see Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature
Parameter Description.
3. The RNC selects UEs to perform the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE LDR action.
After allowing UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection for handovers, the RNC selects UEs to perform this LDR
action.
a The RNC puts UL or GUL UEs that processes only PS services into a list.
b The RNC selects UEs that did not perform PS handovers from UMTS to LTE.
c The RNC arranges the selected UEs according to the user integrated priority. Then the RNC selects
several UEs to perform this LDR action in ascending order of user integrated priority.
For uplink LDR actions, the number of UEs is specified by the UlPSU2LHOUeNum parameter. For
downlink LDR actions, the number of UEs is specified by the DlPSU2LHOUeNum parameter.
If the UEs have the same user integrated priority, they will be selected randomly. Suppose there are
five UEs (UE A, UE B, UE C, UE D, and UE E) and the user integrated priority is A < B = C = D < E. If
three UEs are to be selected, the RNC preferentially selects UE A and then selects any two UEs
among UEs B, C, and D.
If the uplink and downlink are going to perform same LDR actions, these LDR actions can be
performed simultaneously in the uplink and downlink of the same UE.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-16
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
8 Load Reshuffling
For example, BE service rate reduction must be performed simultaneously in the uplink and downlink
of the same UE. In this situation, the RNC sends only one RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
message, indicating that BE service rate reduction is performed simultaneously in the uplink and
downlink of this UE.
If the uplink and downlink are going to perform different LDR actions, these LDR actions can be
performed as follows:
If
uplink LDR actions are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handovers from
UMTS to LTE, LDR actions can only be performed in the uplink.
If
downlink LDR actions are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handover from
UMTS to LTE, LDR actions can only be performed in the downlink.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
8-17
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
9 Overload Control
This chapter describes the WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature.
After the UE access is allowed, the power consumed by a single link is adjusted by the single link power
control function. The power varies with factors such as the mobility of the UE and the changes in the
environment. In some situations, the total power load of the cell can be higher than the target load. To
ensure the system stability, OLC must be performed.
For details about overload congestion caused by Iub bandwidth, see Transmission Resource Management Feature
Parameter Description.
For the overload triggered by power resources, the downlink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based
on total TCP load in the R99 cell or the load of non-HSPA power and HSDPA GBP in the HSDPA cell.
The uplink OLC algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:
If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example,
when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload
based on total RTWP load of the cell.
OLC can be enabled through the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC sub-parameters of the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and release of cell power overload.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
As shown in Figure 9-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UlOlcTrigThd or
DlOlcTrigThd for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the overload state, and the related overload handling
action is taken. If the current UL/DL load of the cell is lower than the UlOlcRelThd or DlOlcRelThd for a
hysteresis time, the overload state of the cell is released and the related overload handling is stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the parameter DlLdTrnsHysTime; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600 ms.
The UL or DL OLC trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC
trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The UL or DL OLC relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell
group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA
cell group is overloaded, the related overload handling is performed in each cell separately.
In a DC-HSUPA cell, OLC triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.
Limited by 3GPP, the NodeB cannot check the total load of the non-HSDPA power and the GBP. Therefore, the
recommended setting of OLC_EVENTMEAS is 0 for HSDPA cells.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
The RSVDBIT13 under the RsvdPara1 parameter in the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command specifies whether OLC
actions select gold users. When RSVDBIT13 is selected, OLC actions select gold users.
the TF control succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
performs TF control again.
If
2. The OLC takes the second action to switch BE services to common channels.
If
the switching succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
switches BE services to common channels again.
If
3. The OLC takes the third action to adjust the maximum FACH transmit power.
If
the adjustment succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
adjusts the power again.
If
the adjustment fails, the OLC takes the fourth action to release some RABs.
For details about OLC actions, see section 9.3 "OLC Actions."
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
The admission for resource requests of RRC connection setup whose cause is emergency call, detach,
or registration is always allowed. This is because the priority of such requests is high.
RABs with the rates higher than DlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see DCCC
Feature Parameter Description.
RABs
is the maximum TB number of the BE service before the service is selected for TF control.
TFmax(N+1)
Ratelimitcoeff
4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.
5. If the congestion is relieved, the RNC sends the congestion relief indication to the MAC. At the same
time, the rate recovery timer (RateRecoverTimerLen) is started. When this timer expires, the MAC
increases the data rate step by step.
MAC recovers the TFC selection by calculating the maximum TB number according to the following
formula:
TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x RateRecoverCoeff
Here:
TFmax(0)
received.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
TFmax(N+1)
RateRecoverCoeff
with the rates higher than UlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see DCCC
Feature Parameter Description.
RABs
Format Combination Set Identity: defines the available TFC that the UE can select, that is,
the restricted TFC sub-set. It is always the two TFCs corresponding to the lowest data rate.
TFC
Control Duration: defines the period the restricted TFC sub-set is to be applied. It is set to a
random value (integer multiples of 10 ms) from the range of 10 ms to 5120 ms to avoid data rate
upsizing at the same time.
After the TFC control duration expires, the UE can apply for any TFC of TFCS before the TF control.
4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
If both the selected UEs and the current cell support enhanced CELL_FACH, these UEs can be
switched to the enhanced CELL_FACH state.
Delta
2. If the congestion is relieved after the power adjustment, the system starts the FACH power recovery
timer, which is set to 5s. When the timer expires, the maximum FACH transmit power is increased to
the original maximum FACH transmit power if the system is always in the normal state before the
timer expires.
The preceding power adjustment is applicable to only the FACH carrying common services rather than MBMS services.
For the release of some RABs in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all non-MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of
some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB
or the GBR for HSDPA RAB) in the downlink. The number of selected RABs is specified by
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
9 Overload Control
4. If all non-MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, MBMS RABs are
selected.
1. Based on the ARP, the algorithm sorts all MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected RABs is
specified by MbmsOlcRelNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
4. If all MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, non-MBMS RABs are
selected.
This function is disabled when the UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and MbmsOlcRelNum parameters
are set to 0.
The higher the value of UlOlcTraffRelRabNum or DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, the more the cell load decreases, which will
affect the users experience negatively.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
9-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
10 Network Impact
10.1 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing
10.1.1 Network Performance
Inter-frequency load balancing based on uplink credit resource enables some UEs to be handed over to
an inter-frequency neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state. In this way, the
admission failures due to CE resource congestion decrease.
In addition, this feature makes UEs processing PS services more likely to perform inter-frequency
handovers. This may slightly increase the PS call drop rate.
CLB offloads HSPA services on the macro network to the micro network. Resources of the micro network
deployed at hot spots are fully utilized and the quality of HSPA services after handovers is ensured. In
addition, the quality of CS services on the macro network is improved after the network load decreases.
Overlay network
CLB supports inter-frequency load balancing for UEs in connected mode under different RNCs in an
overlay network, enabling effective network resource utilization of different vendors. The sector capacity
is expanded, and key performance indicators (KPIs) of heavily loaded cells are improved.
When CLB is implemented between different RNCs on the overlay network, ping-pong handovers may
occur because an RNC cannot obtain the information about the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells
under the neighboring RNC. Therefore, a load evaluation algorithm has been added to evaluate the load
of inter-frequency neighboring cells. If the number of failed inter-frequency handovers during a certain
period of time exceeds a preset threshold, a penalty timer is triggered and UEs cannot be handed over
to the inter-frequency neighboring cell until the penalty timer expires. However, ping-pong handovers
may still occur because this load evaluation algorithm makes a rough estimate of the load of
inter-frequency neighboring cells.
Other scenarios
CLB is used in other scenarios the similar way the WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance feature
is used. The difference is that CLB can implement load balancing before a cell enters the basic
congestion state so that the traffic load can evenly be distributed among cells. CLB helps prevent a cell
from being heavily loaded or having deteriorated KPIs.
Negative impact
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
More
inter-frequency handovers may reduce the success rate of inter-frequency handovers and
increase the call drop rate.
During
KPI
Impact
Access
RRC Setup
Success Ratio
This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive
coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which
increases the RRC setup success rate. The RRC CONNECTION
REJECT messages from RRC redirections based on distance
(including inter-RAT and inter-frequency redirections) are not
considered as RRC connection setup failures. Therefore, such
rejections do not affect the RRC setup success rate.
This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive
coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which
reduces the call drop rate.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
Suppose that the cell transmit power is 20 W, the P-CPICH transmit power is 10% of the cell transmit
power, and the FACH transmit power is 1 dB. If an additional 2 dB power is to be added, the amount of
power available for the dedicated channel may be insufficient and five AMR UEs may not be admitted
into this cell.
The smaller the increased FACH power MaxFachPower, the less noticeable the improvement of the
RRC connection setup success rate.
The larger the increased FACH transmit power, the stronger the interference. In this situation,
downlink coverage will deteriorate, which may increase the call drop rate.
This function corrects the measured RTWP and uplink load in the following scenarios:
Imbalanced
interference
The corrected RTWP and uplink load is smaller than the original values.
a. When interference between antennas is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference
function is disabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is
cleared), this function increases the access success rate if an uplink power resource admission
fails. Ultimately, this function increases the number of online UEs.
b. When interference between antennas is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference
function is enabled (RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch is selected),
this function reduces the admission error rate. This reduces the number of online UEs and the
call drop rate.
c. When services are being processed, this function improves HSUPA throughout if data source is
sufficient. However, this increases the RTWP per antenna. As a result, uplink coverage shrinks
and the call drop rate increases.
d. The decrease of the RTWP reduces RACH receive power. This improves uplink Uu-interface
capacity and increases the access delay.
Invalid
antennas
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
feature is activated. This feature improves uplink coverage and reduces the call drop rate.
However, the HSUPA throughput is also reduced.
The RTWP-based anti-interference function takes effect only when ALGORITHM_FOURTH under the
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch parameter is selected.
When several HSUPA UEs are going to transmit a large amount of data simultaneously, the rise over
thermal (RoT) will become high due to HSUPA scheduling. In this case, the RTWPs of two antennas
are almost the same and the gains provided by this function are not noticeable because the corrected
RTWP is almost the same as the original RTWP.
Although this function increases the NodeB CPU usage, the increase is not noticeable because the
load on a CPU with a 1 GHz main frequency is only 0.001%.
This function affects all the features using the uplink load.
a. The correction of the measured RTWP function affects the following algorithms using the
measurement result of the RTWP in a cell: WRFD-020101 Admission Control
b. WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control
c. WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
d. WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation
e. Auto-adaptive background noise update algorithm.
For details about the impact, see section 10.6.1 "System Capacity and Network Performance."
The
correction of the measured uplink load function affects the following algorithms using the
measurement result of uplink load in a cell:
a. WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
b. WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
c. WRFD-020107 Overload Control
d. WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold
e. Intra-frequency load balancing algorithm based on RTWP (uplink intra-frequency load balancing
algorithm (ULB))
f.
For details about the impact, see section 10.6.1 "System Capacity and Network Performance."
The anti-imbalance of the different antenna function corrects only real-time RTWPs not delayed
RTWPs. Therefore, the calculated interference cancellation efficiency is not accurate. In addition, if
this function is enabled for the following features, the value of the VS.HSUPA.Ic.MeanEff counter is 0
or smaller than the value before this function is enabled.
WRFD-020137
WRFD-010210
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
WRFD-140202
WRFD-010691
If cell coverage is good and the number of cell-edge UEs is small, handovers and the call drop rate will
decrease.
If cell coverage is bad and the number of cell-edge UEs is large, handovers and the call drop rate will
increase.
After the power adjustment, if more cells that have the same coverage now have different coverage, the
probability of blind-handover failures will increase.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
10 Network Impact
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Draft A (2013-01-30)
10 Network Impact
10-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call
11.1.1 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
License
Data Preparation
None
Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.
Activation Observation
Use a UE to initiate an emergency call. The emergency call is successfully established.
Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
Hardware
The NEs in the core network must support selective configuration of the maximum bit rate (MBR) and
guaranteed bit rate (GBR).
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this
step, set Cell LDC algorithm switch to UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm),
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm).
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the
NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set NodeB LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR(IUB LDR
Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB
Credit LDR Algorithm).
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level LDR
trigger threshold. In this step, set UL/DL LDR Trigger threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis
threshold according to the network plan.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set
the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved threshold. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit
SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB credit LDR
threshold for the local cell. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and DL LDR
Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set LDR period timer length according to the network plan.
7. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable QoS renegotiation on
real-time services. In this step, set DL LDR first action to QOSRENEGO.
Activation Observation
1. Establish a PS streaming service.
2. Trigger LDR in the cell according to the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure.
3. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface, this feature has been activated.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this
step, clear UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm),
and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down
list box.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the
NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, clear IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR
Algorithm) from the NodeB LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box.
Hardware
In RAN14.0, the load measurement of total uplink services is introduced, and the dependencies on
NodeB are as follows:
The
BTS3812, BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not report the actual service load.
The
If
the 3900 series base station is configured with the WBBPa board or the RRU3801C 20 W, the
actual service load is not reported. In other configurations, the actual service load is reported.
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Activation
1. The function of measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power is always activated. Therefore,
this feature does not need to be activated.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR
Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load
measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set load
monitoring parameters, including the uplink/downlink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release
thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to
appropriate values.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Monitoring Parameter Configuration > LDM Algorithm
Parameters of RNC; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this
step, set parameters associated with load measurement, report period, and smoothing filter length
according to the network plan.
Activation Observation
1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor navigation tree, double-click UMTS
Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring, and create tasks of monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX
Power and RTWP.
2. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring
window.
3. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power
monitoring window.
Deactivation
1. The measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be
deactivated.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR
Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level
load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
The following section provides the related parameters and commands. The parameter settings depend on the network
plan.
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink
CELL_CODE_LDR(Code
CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit
b Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In
this step, turn on the following switches of NodeB LDC algorithm switch:
IUB_LDR(IUB
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG
the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set LDR thresholds
(UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold).
Run
the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell
LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions.
Run
the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration
Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set the
cell-group-level or NodeB-level LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
Run
the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level credit LDR
thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to enable the functions used in the LDR actions.
Inter-frequency
load handover
Activation Observation
The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as examples to verify BE service rate
reduction in the basic congestion state.
1. Enable a UE in idle mode to camp on CELL_A11.
2. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page,
double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. In the displayed dialog box, create
a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task.
3. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Check the
rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over
the Uu interface. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH.
4. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. Data downloading is normal.
5. To simulate the scenario where power load reaches 75%, run the NodeB MML command STR
DLSIM. The RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. In the
Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the
downlink RB rate decrease configured on the RNC.
6. To stop simulating power load, run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM. In the Uu Interface Trace
dialog box, the RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed. In the Cell DL Throughput of the
Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the downlink RB rate increase
configured on the RNC.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the following switches from
Cell LDC algorithm switch:
UL_UU_LDR(Uplink
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink
CELL_CODE_LDR(Code
CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
the following switches from NodeB LDC algorithm switch:
IUB_LDR(IUB
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the air interface OLC algorithm.
Select UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm)
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the OLC
algorithm. Select IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set UL OLC trigger
threshold, DL OLC trigger threshold, UL OLC release threshold, and DL OLC release threshold.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the OLC period (OLC period timer value).
5. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOLC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the
parameter related to OLC-related actions.
Activation Observation
1. Run the following RNC MML commands to verify whether the activation is successful.
LST
UCELLALGOSWTICH
LST
UCELLLDM
LST
UNODEBALGOPARA
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
LST
ULDCPERIOD
LST
UCELLOLC
11 Engineering Guidelines
Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the air interface OLC algorithm.
Clear UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm)
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the OLC
algorithm. Clear IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) under the NodeB LDC algorithm parameter.
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
The code allocation function is always activated. The activation procedure applies to only the code reshuffling function.
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then enable the required LDR algorithm
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC
algorithm switch parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell
LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust) as one of the DL LDR actions.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).
Activation Observation
1. Enable the UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11.
2. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to SF8
and Max user number for code adjust to 1.
4. Connect the UE to a laptop on the USB port and enable the UE to initiate a data service.
Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. You can view the rb-mappinginfo
information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. In the Cell
Code Tree Monitor window, you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4).
5. Enable the UE to log in to the FTP Internet server and then enable FTP download.
6. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell
code congestion is displayed as basic congestion.
7. Run the RNC MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code
SF32(1).
8. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell
code congestion is displayed as not congested.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then deactivate the required LDR
algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the
Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-10
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
None
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to select PUC(Potential User Control
Algorithm) from the Switch for Cell Load Control drop list to enable the cell-oriented PUC
algorithm.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
specify the period of potential user control. In this step, set PUC period timer length to an
appropriate value.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLPUC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented PUC Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-oriented PUC
algorithm parameters.
Activation Observation
1. Configure two cells CELL_A11 and CELL_A12 as inter-frequency neighboring cells on the NodeB.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for
CELL_A11.
3. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where the cell has a high load.
The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: The NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ
from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP message responded by the
NodeB.
The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch
signaling element (IE) of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and
Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold for
CELL_A12.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where CELL_A12 has a high
downlink load.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-11
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: The NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ
message from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP response message
from the NodeB.
The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch IE of
the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of
CELL_A11 increase.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear PUC(Potential User
Control Algorithm) under the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
The two optional features WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA
Introduction Package have been configured before this feature is activated.
License
The licenses "Inter frequency load handover" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about
the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Enable load reshuffling (LDR) algorithms.
Enabling uplink load reshuffling on the Uu interface
a Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU
LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-12
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface, run the Run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-13
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following LDR-related thresholds:
UL LDR trigger threshold, UL LDR release threshold, DL LDR trigger threshold, DL LDR
release threshold, and DlLdTrnsHysTime.
For
uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code
resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the
following LDR-related threshold: Cell LDR SF reserved threshold.
For
NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the RNC
MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express >
IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following
LDR-related threshold: UL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold.
7. For load reshuffling based on cell code resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters >
Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters
in Batches) to allow inter-frequency handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set
Code congestion select inter-freq indication to TRUE(TRUE).
8. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set the LDR period LDR period timer length to an appropriate value.
9. For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code
resources, run the Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) under the DL LDR first action parameter and set other
parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.
10. For NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the RNC
MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express >
IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) under the UL LDR first action parameter and set other
parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.
Activation Observation
1. Run the following RNC to check whether this feature has been activated.
LST
UCELLALGOSWITCH
LST
UCELLLDR
LST
UCELLLDM
LST
ULDCPERIOD
LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH
LST
UINTERFREQNCELL
LST
UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(cell level)
LST
UINTERFREQHONCOV(RNC level)
LST
ULDCALGOPARA
LST
UNODEBALGOPARA
LST
UNODEBLDR
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-14
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
2. Check the value of the counter VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq (Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency
Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell). If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated.
Deactivation
1. Disabling load reshuffling algorithms
Disabling uplink LDR on the Uu interface
a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU
LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
Disabling downlink LDR on the Uu interface
a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DL_UU_LDR(Downlink
UU LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
Disabling load reshuffling based on cell code resources
a Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear CELL_CODE_LDR(Code
LDR Algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
Disabling NodeB-level or cell-level load reshuffling based on credit resources
a Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCALGOPARA (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Configuration
of Load Control; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this
step, clear NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(NodeB Credit LDR Switch) or cell
group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit LDR Switch) under the load
control algorithm switch parameter.
b Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In
this step, clear NodeB-level NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) or cell
group-level LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm) under the NodeB LDC algorithm
switch parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to disable inter-frequency handover. In this command, clear
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch parameter.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to prohibit inter-frequency
handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set Code congestion select
inter-freq indication to FALSE(FALSE).
4. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-15
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Overlay network: This feature achieves inter-frequency load balancing for cells managed by different
RNCs.
Macro and micro combined network: When macro and micro cells are networked using different
frequencies, this feature enables micro cells to absorb PS services preferentially.
11.9.2 Deployment
Requirements
Other features
This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management in
the inter-band networking scenario.
License
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-16
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
The licenses "Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (per Cell)" on
the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license,
see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME
single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License
Resource/Function Item; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in
Batches). In this step, under FuncSwitch1, select
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based
on Config Load Thd) to enable the license of CLB for a specified cell.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, under
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch, select UL_UU_CLB to enable uplink Uu-interface load balancing, select
DL_UU_CLB to enable downlink Uu-interface load balancing, select CELL_CODE_CLB to enable
cell code resource load balancing, and select CELL_CREDIT_CLB to enable cell credit load
balancing for a specified cell.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC >
NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch, select
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) to enable NodeB credit load
balancing and select LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm) to
enable local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB.
4. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported) or MOD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported). In this step, set CLBFlag for the inter-frequency neighboring cell
of a specified cell to TRUE, and set CLBPrio based on the network plan.
The inter-frequency neighboring cell of intra-RNC whose CLBFlag is TRUE can be the target cell of an inter-frequency
handover using CLB only after step 1 is performed.
5. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load
Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches)
or MOD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature
parameters for a specified cell. Based on the site requirements, set CellLoadBalanceRange to
ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, or BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC
to enable intra-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, or
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-17
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
intra- and inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, respectively. Keep the default settings of other
parameters, which are the thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing because of code resource,
cell credit resource, and MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO.
6. Optional: If CellLoadBalanceRange in step 5 is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC or
BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC, Run the RNC MML commandSET UCLB (CME single
configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter
Configuration > RNC Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch
modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameters related to the cell
load status of the neighboring RNC.
7. Optional: Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set ClbPeriodTimerLen.
8. Optional: If NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) or
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm)is selected under
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch in step 3, Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEBCLB (CME single
configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification
center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD UNODEBCLB (CME single
configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Balance Algorithm; CME batch modification
center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature parameters for
a specified NodeB. Keep the default parameter settings, which are the thresholds for inter-frequency
load balancing because of cell group credit resource and NodeB credit resource.
9. Optional: If UL_UU_CLB or DL_UU_CLB is selected under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch in step 2, Run the
RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration
Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this
step, set the threshold for inter-frequency load balancing because of power resource for a specified
cell. Keep the default parameter settings.
10. Optional: Run the RNC MML command SET UCMCF (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Compression Mode Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
CMCF Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in
Batches). In this step, set NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch and CellSFCMUserNumThd.
11. Optional: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement Inter-frequency
LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell
Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement Inter-frequency
LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set UESpdOptSwitch.
Activation Observation
Check the value of the counter VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq or VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq on the M2000.
If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated successfully.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-18
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
//Enabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource
load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell
ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1,
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1,
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF, NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF; or
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1,
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1;
//Enabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB
ADD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1; or
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the CLB priority for the inter-frequency neighboring cell of a specified cell
ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1; or
MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-19
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
//Disabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource
load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1,
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB_0&CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0;
//Disabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0;
11.9.5 Troubleshooting
None
The UMTS cell is experiencing excessive coverage problems. This is especially the case when the cell
is operating in UMTS 900 MHz.
Confirm that there are UMTS cells that are experiencing excessive coverage problems.
Use this information to determine whether you need to enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on
Distance.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-20
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.10.3 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other features
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is
activated.
License
None
Data Preparation
Table 11-1 lists the data to prepare before activating this feature.
Table 11-1 Data to prepare before activating this feature
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Description
Source
Inter-freq Redirect
Propa Delay Thres
InterFreqRedirDelayThd
10
Network plan
(internal plan)
Inter-freq Redirection
Factor of LDR
InterFreqRedirFactorOfLD
R
50
Network plan
(internal plan)
Inter-freq Redirection
Factor of Normal
InterFreqRedirFactorOfNo
rm
Network plan
(internal plan)
Redirection target
band indicator
RedirBandInd
DependOnNCell
Network plan
(internal plan)
Redirection Target UL
Frequency Index
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd
None
Network plan
Redirection target
uplink UARFCN
ReDirUARFCNUplink
None
Network plan
Redirection target
downlink UARFCN
ReDirUARFCNDownlink
None
Network plan
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented
Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) for the RNC or ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based
RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in
Batches)) for a cell. In this step, turn on InterFreqRedirSwitch, set RedirBandInd based on the
network plan, and set other parameters according to the prepared data.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-21
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
If
If
Inter-frequency redirection based on distance does not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell under the DRNC as the
target cell. DRD and redirection at RRC connection setup do not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell that uses a
different frequency band from the cell where the RRC connection is to access.
Activation Observation
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select
RRC_RRC_CONN_REJ.
2. Move a UE to a position where it has a distance from the NodeB but can still detect pilot signals.
Initiate a service using the UE, such as cs service.
The distance between the UE and the NodeB must be larger than InterFreqRedirDelayThd x 78.125 m/chip x 3 chips.
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message includes the redirectionInfo IE and this IE contains
frequencyInfo (information about the cell), as shown in Figure 11-1, the RNC has redirected the UE
to an inter-frequency neighboring cell and this feature has been activated.
If
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not include the redirectionInfo IE, this feature
has not been activated.
Deactivation
To deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the RNC level, Run the RNC MML
command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
turn off InterFreqRedirSwitch.
To deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the cell level, Run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to turn off
InterFreqRedirSwitch.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-22
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.10.5 Troubleshooting
You can check the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell to learn whether this feature is properly
triggered. If the value of the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat is not in accordance with the
propagation delay of the UEs in a cell, the feature is not functioning properly. For example, the counter
VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat has a large value but the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell indicates
that this large number of redirections is not reasonable. If this happens, deactivate this feature.
Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
License
The licenses "Inter System Redirect Based on Distance" on the RNC side have been activated. For
details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. This feature can be activated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area:
To
activate this feature in the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET
UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the RNC-level parameters.
Set
Set
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-23
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Set
Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on
the network plan.
To
activate this feature in a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level parameters.
Set
Set
Set
Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on
the network plan.
Activation Observation
1. Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the RNC LMT, as shown in Figure 11-2
Figure 11-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box
2. Simulate a scenario where pilot pollution occurs. Place the UE in a place where the UE is far away
from the NodeB and pilot signals are strong. Then, use the UE to establish a CS voice call.
3. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface.
As
shown in Figure 11-3, if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information
element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo, the RAN has redirected the UE to the GSM network, and this
feature has been activated.
If
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSM-Targetcellinfo, this
feature is not activated.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-24
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Deactivation
1. This feature can be deactivated by using either of the following methods according to the feature
area:
To
deactivate this feature in the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET
UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set Redirection Switch to OFF.
To
deactivate this feature in a cell, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Redirection
Switch to OFF.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-25
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.12.3 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
Other features
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is
activated.
License
The licenses "Inter System Redirect" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the
license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.
Activation Observation
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup request.
2. The following procedure is traced on the Uu interface:
a The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message.
b The RNC responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message, carrying GSM-TargetCellInfo in the IE
redirectioninfo.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set RRC redirect switch to OFF or Only_To_Inter_Frequency.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-26
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.13.3 Planning
N/A
11.13.4 Deployment
Requirements
License
The license for the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
feature has been activated. For details about how to activate the license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-27
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Description
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-02012
0
RNC
Erl+Mbps
Data Preparation
Table 11-2 lists the data to prepare before activating this feature.
Table 11-2 Data to prepare before activating this feature
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data source
Traffic Type
TrafficType
Redirection Switch
RedirSwitch
DrSwitch:
None
DR_RRC_DRD_
SWITCH
RRC Redirection
Ec/No Threshold
RedirEcN0Thd
Draft A (2013-01-30)
RedirBandInd
11-28
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter Name
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data source
Engineering design
Redirection target
downlink UARFCN
Engineering design
Precautions
This feature must be considered in the radio network plan. Contact Huawei engineers before activating
this feature.
other.
If one parameter is set both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate RRC redirection. In this
step, select DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH under the Direct Retry Switch parameter.
Step 2 Activate the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature and configure
related parameters.
RNC-level parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION. In this step,
set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this feature
for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of
Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL
Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN
parameters to appropriate values.
Cell-level configuration
For
initial parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this
step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this
feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection
Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection
Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target
downlink UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-29
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
For
reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this step, set the
Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate values to activate this feature for
the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of
Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL
Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink
UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.
----End
//Activating RNC-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RedirFactorOfNorm=0,
RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-13;
//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for initial parameter
configuration
ADD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-24;
//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for parameter
reconfiguration
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, RedirEcN0Thd=-24;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-30
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Configure parameters based on the Setting Notes in "Data Preparation" because parameters mutually affect each
other.
SN 2 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 3 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If one parameter is set
both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
RNC
Direct Retry
Switch
DrSwitch
Yes
UREDIRECTION
RNC
Traffic Type
TrafficType
Yes
Redirection
Switch
RedirSwitch
RRC Redirection
Ec/No Threshold
RedirEcN0Thd
Redirection
Factor Of Normal
RedirFactorOfN
orm
Redirection
Factor Of LDR
RedirFactorOfL
DR
Redirection target
band indicator
RedirBandInd
Redirection
Target UL
Frequency Index
ReDirUARFCNU
plinkInd
Redirection target
uplink UARFCN
ReDirUARFCNU
plink
Redirection target
downlink
UARFCN
ReDirUARFCND
ownlink
Traffic Type
TrafficType
Redirection
Switch
RedirSwitch
RRC Redirection
Ec/No Threshold
RedirEcN0Thd
Redirection
Factor Of Normal
RedirFactorOfN
orm
Redirection
Factor Of LDR
RedirFactorOfL
DR
Redirection target
band indicator
RedirBandInd
UCELLREDIREC
TION
Draft A (2013-01-30)
RNC
Yes
11-31
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
SN
MO
11 Engineering Guidelines
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Redirection
Target UL
Frequency Index
ReDirUARFCNU
plinkInd
Redirection target
uplink UARFCN
ReDirUARFCNU
plink
Redirection target
downlink
UARFCN
ReDirUARFCND
ownlink
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
Activation Observation
After the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature is activated, query the
value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter to determine whether this feature is activated. If the
value of this counter is not 0, this feature is activated.
RNC-level configuration
Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.
Cell-level configuration
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.
//Deactivating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-32
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
SN 1 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 2 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If one parameter is set
both at the RNC level and at the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
UREDIRECTION
RNC
Redirection
Switch
RedirSwitch
Yes
UCELLREDIRECT
ION
RNC
Redirection
Switch
RedirSwitch
Yes
11.13.7 Troubleshooting
N/A
Determine the RRC connection setup cause for enabling this function:
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-33
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Analyze
the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply counter in the live network. The RRC connection setup
cause that has the largest contribution to RRC connection setup failures is the RRC connection setup
cause for enabling this function.
Determine
the RRC connection setup cause whose RRC connection setup success rate needs to be
improved in the live network.
Step 1 Determine cells that require this feature when the following requirements are met:
Most RRC connection setup failures are caused by the reason of the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply
counter. That is, most RRC connection setup failures are caused by RRC connection setup timeout.
Step 2 Select cells where downlink weak coverage has large contribution to RRC connection setup
failures. For example, the contribution is larger than 50%. Collect the RRC setup success rate
corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause. Compare the effect of this feature on the
RRC setup success rate.
Step 3 Select cells where RRC and RAB establishment failures are caused by downlink power resource
congestion. Enable this function for these cells with caution. If the number of RRC and RAB
establishment failures caused by downlink power resource congestion is large, you are not
advised to enable this function.
You can monitor the following counters to determine the number of RRC connection setup and RAB
setup failures caused by downlink power resource congestion:
VS.RRC.Rej.DLPower.Cong
VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.DLPower.Cong
VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.DLPower.Cong
----End
Determine whether there are signaling storms and traffic bursts during gatherings or festivals in the
live network. If yes, you are not advised to enable this function.
11.14.3 Planning
N/A
11.14.4 Deployment
Requirements
None
Data Preparation
Table 11-5 lists the data to prepare before enabling this function.
Table 11-5 Data to prepare before enabling this function
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Timer 381
T381
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-34
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Constant 381
N381
Timer 300
T300
Constant 300
N300
Cause of RRC
connection
establishment
RrcCause
FACH Power
Increase Ec/No
Threshold
FACHPowe
r4RRCRep
EcNoThd
Max Transmit
Power of FACH
MaxFachPo
wer
SIGRBIND
Cell ID
CellId
None
FACH ID
TrChId
Offset between
Initial and Max
FACHPower
OffsetFAC
HPower
Default
value/Recommende
d value
Precautions
You are not advised to enable this function if there are signaling storms and traffic bursts in the live
network.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-35
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Run the RNC MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 381 and Constant
381 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about parameter settings, see Setting
Notes in "Data Preparation".
Run the RNC MML command SET UIDLEMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 300 and Constant
300 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about parameter settings, see Setting
Notes in "Data Preparation".
You can perform either of the two operations in step 1 to trigger this function.
Step 2 Configure the RRC connection setup cause that requires this function and the corresponding
threshold.
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE. In this step, set Cause of RRC connection
establishment and FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold to appropriate values.
Step 3 Modify parameters related to the FACH transmit power. For existing cells: Run the RNC MML
command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and
Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to appropriate values.
Step 4 For new cells: Run the RNC MML command ADD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID,
Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to
appropriate values.
You are only required to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower of
the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to locate these
transmission channels.
Before running the RNC MML command MOD UFACH, run the RNC MML command LST UFACH to list the transmission
channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.
----End
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-36
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Table 11-6. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions o how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center, press F1
on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
You can perform either of the two operations in SN 1 to trigger this function.
In SN 3, you are only required to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max
FACHPower of the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to
locate these transmission channels. Before performing SN 3, query the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal
Indication is set to TRUE.
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in
CME Batch
Modification Center
UCONNMODE
TIMER
RNC
Timer 381
T381
Yes
Constant 381
N381
UIDLEMODETI
MER
RNC
Timer 300
T300
Constant 300
N300
URRCESTCAU
SE
RNC
Cause of RRC
connection
establishment
RrcCause
FACH Power
Increase Ec/No
Threshold
FACHPower4RR
CRepEcNoThd
Cell ID
CellId
FACH ID
TrChId
Max Transmit
Power of FACH
MaxFachPower
Offset between
Initial and Max
FACHPower
OffsetFACHPow
er
UFACH
RNC
Yes
Yes
No
Activation Observation
Observe the cell tracing results on the RNC LMT.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-37
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
If Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is 0, this feature is enabled, as shown in 0. If
Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is the value of the Offset between Initial and Max
FACHPower parameter, this feature is not enabled.
This function cannot be triggered if the traced cell is in the OLC state.
If there is only one SCCPCH, enter the corresponding SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1.
If there are two SCCPCHs, the SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1 must be the SCCPCH ID of the
transmission channel whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.
RNC-level configuration
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE with FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold
set to 24.
Cell-level configuration
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-38
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Run the RNC MML command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power
of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to appropriate values. Modify Max
Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the original values.
In SN 2, set Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the values before
feature activation.
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in
CME Batch
Modification Center
URRCEST
CAUSE
RNC
FACHPower4R
RCRepEcNoTh
d
Yes
Cell ID
CellId
No
FACH ID
TrChId
MaxFachPower
OffsetFACHPo
wer
UFACH
Draft A (2013-01-30)
RNC
11-39
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Counter Name
Description
67179329
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgConvCall
67179330
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgStrCall
67179331
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgInterCall
67179332
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgBkgCall
67179334
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmConvCall
67179335
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmStrCall
67179336
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmInterCall
67179337
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmBkgCall
67179333
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgSubCall
67179338
RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall
67179339
RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCelRes
67179340
RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCCO
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-40
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Counter
ID
Counter Name
Description
67179341
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg
67179342
RRC.AttConnEstab.Detach
67179343
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig
67179344
RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig
67179345
RRC.AttConnEstab.CallReEst
67179346
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmHhPrSig
67179347
RRC.AttConnEstab.TmLwPrSig
67179348
RRC.AttConnEstab.Unknown
67195964
RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSRep
67195965
RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSPtp
Table 11-9 lists counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups corresponding to
different RRC connection setup causes.
Table 11-9 Counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups
Counter
ID
Counter Name
Description
67179457
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgConvCall
67179458
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgStrCall
67179459
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgInterCall
67179460
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgBkgCall
67179461
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgSubCall
67179462
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmConvCall
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-41
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Counter
ID
Counter Name
Description
67179463
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmStrCall
67179464
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmItrCall
67179465
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmBkgCall
67179467
RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCelRes
67179468
RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCCO
67179469
RRC.SuccConnEstab.Reg
67179470
RRC.SuccConnEstab.Detach
67179471
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig
67179472
RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig
67179473
RRC.SuccConnEstab.CallReEst
67179474
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmHhPrSig
67179475
RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmLwPrSig
67179476
RRC.SuccConnEstab.Unkown
67179466
RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall
67195966
RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSRep
67195967
RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSPtp
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-42
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.14.7 Troubleshooting
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-43
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
Each of the preceding counters indicates the mean RTWP of a specific antenna.
Intermodulation interference
Intermodulation interference exists when the following conditions are true:
The
difference between the values of the preceding counters on the NodeB side is equal to or larger
than 6 dB.
The
In normal conditions, the RTWP is 6 dB higher than the background noise (106 dBm). The
background noise varies according to networks.
Invalid antennas
Some antennas may become invalid if the RTWPs of these antennas are equal or near to the
background noise while the RTWPs of other antennas are larger than the background noise.
Step 3 If the difference between the values of the preceding counters on the NodeB side is equal to or
larger than 6 dB, check the settings of radio frequency (RF) channel-related parameters (such as
attenuation or RTWP initial rectification value) to ensure that the difference is not caused by
improper parameter settings or faulty tower mounted amplifiers (TMAs). Then determine whether
to enable the anti-imbalance of the different antenna function. Enable this function only when
high RTWPs are caused by intermodulation interference.
Table 11-10 lists RF channel-related parameters.
Table 11-10 RF channel-related parameters
Parameter ID
Parameter
Name
Setting Notes
MML Command
ATTEN
Attenuation
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ1
RTWP
Initial1
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ2
RTWP
Initial2
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ3
RTWP
MOD RXBRANCH
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-44
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter
Name
Setting Notes
Initial3
RTWPINITADJ4
RTWP
Initial4
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ5
RTWP
Initial5
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ6
RTWP
Initial6
MOD RXBRANCH
RTWPINITADJ7
RTWP
Initial7
MOD RXBRANCH
RFDS
RF
Desensitivity
MOD RRU
DI
Desensitizati
on Intensity
SET ULOCELLDESENS
RFCONNTYPE
RF Connect
Type
ADD RFCONNGRP
Parameter ID
MML Command
MODE
Mode
MOD TMASUBUNIT
GAIN
Gain
MOD TMASUBUNIT
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-45
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter ID
Parameter
Name
Setting Notes
MML Command
PWRSWITCH
ALD Power
Switch
MOD ANTENNAPORT
Step 4 Collect the following RNC counters and KPIs in a cell before feature activation to observe the
effect of this function:
KPIs: CS RAB Setup Success Ratio, PS RAB Setup Success Ratio, CS Service Drop Ratio, and PS
Call Drop Ratio
----End
11.15.3 Planning
None
11.15.4 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
3900 series base stations do not support this function if configured with the WBBPa board or the 20 W
RRU3801C.
Data Preparation
Table 11-11 lists the data to prepare before enabling this function.
Table 11-11 Data to prepare before enabling this function
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Anti-Antenna
Imbalance
Algorithm
Switch
ANTIANTE
NNAIMBAL
ANCESW
Default
value/Recommende
d value
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-46
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
ULOCELLALGP
ARA
NodeB
Anti-Anten
na
Imbalance
Algorithm
Switch
ANTIANTENN
AIMBALANC
ESW
Yes
Activation Observation
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLALGPARA to check whether this function is
enabled.
Step 2 Query the value of the VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean counter on the NodeB side.
Expected result: After this function is enabled, the value of this counter is smaller than or equal to the
value before the enabling of this function.
Step 3 Query the value of the VS.MeanRTWP counter on the RNC side.
Expected result: After this function is enabled, the value of this counter is smaller than or equal to the
value before the enabling of this function.
----End
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-47
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME. Set the parameter described in Table
11-13 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME
Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions o how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center, press F1
on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
Table 11-13 Configuring the parameter on the CME
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
ULOCELLALGP
ARA
NodeB
Anti-Antenna
Imbalance
Algorithm
Switch
ANTIANTENN
AIMBALANC
ESW
Yes
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-48
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Description
VS.ValidAntRatio.Mean
VS.MeanRTWP
Query the value of the VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput counter during busy hours to determine
whether the average HSUPA throughout in a cell increases.
After
this function is enabled, the average HSUPA throughput in a cell increases when antenna
interference is imbalanced.
After
this function is enabled, the average HSUPA throughput in a cell decreases when some
antennas become invalid and the WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is
activated.
If the average HSUPA throughput does not increase when antenna interference is imbalanced, the live
network may not meet the requirements in section 11.15.1 "When to Use Anti-Imbalance of the
Different Antenna" or the traffic volume is too small so that the gains provided by this function are not
noticeable.
Monitor the CS RAB Setup Success Ratio and PS RAB Setup Success Ratio KPIs during busy hours
to determine whether the access success rate increases.
After
this function is enabled, the access success rate increases when antenna interference is
imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled; the access success rate
decreases when antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function
is enabled.
After
this function is enabled, the access success rate decreases when some antennas become
invalid and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled.
Monitor the CS Service Drop Ratio and PS Call Drop Ratio KPIs to observe whether the call drop rate
decreases.
After
this function is enabled, the call drop rate increases when antenna interference is imbalanced
and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is disabled; the call drop rate decreases when
antenna interference is imbalanced and the RTWP-based anti-interference function is enabled.
After
this function is enabled, the call drop rate decreases when some antennas become invalid and
the WRFD-020136 Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA feature is activated.
If throughput increases, coverage will shrink and the call drop rate will deteriorate. You are advised to
disable this function if the call drop rate deteriorates seriously.
----End
11.15.7 Troubleshooting
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-49
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.16.3 Deployment
Requirements
None
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB(Intra Frequency LDB Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch
drop-down list.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set Intra-frequency LDB period timer length to an appropriate value.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDB Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the following
parameters associated with the cell-level intra-frequency load balancing (LDB) algorithm to
appropriate values:
Cell
overload threshold
Pilot
Cell
5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Channel Configuration > PCPICH; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Channel Parameters in Batches). In this step, set P-CPICH parameters associated
with intra-frequency LDB, including Max transmit power of PCPICH and Min transmit power of
PCPICH to appropriate values.
Activation Observation
To verify that the RNC can balance the cell load by adjusting the P-CPICH power of a cell, perform the
following steps:
1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. Create the task of monitoring PCPICH TxPower of
CELL_A11.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-50
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
2. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate high load in CELL_A11.
3. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load increases, the pilot power periodically decreases. The actual pilot
power must not be decreased to a level lower than the configured minimum pilot power.
4. The NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ and NBAP_CELL_RECFG_RSP messages should be displayed in
the Iub tracing result. In the NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ message, check whether the RNC has
reduced the pilot power.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to stop simulating high load in CELL_A11.
6. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load becomes normal, the pilot power periodically increases. The actual
pilot power must not be increased to a level higher than the configured maximum pilot power.
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB
from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list.
2. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.
//Setting parameters associated with the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm to appropriate
values
MOD UCELLLDB: CellId=111, PCPICHPowerPace=2, CellOverrunThd=90, CellUnderrunThd=30;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-51
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.17.3 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
To
enable the common preemption function, the CN must send the allocation/retention priority (ARP)
IE to the RNC during the RAB assignment procedure so that the RNC can obtain RAB service
priorities.
The
Other features
The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
License
The licenses "Queuing and Pre-emption" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the
license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Data Preparation
None
----End
11-52
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME. Set the parameter described in Table
11-15. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions o how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center, press F1
on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
If the forced preemption function is enabled, the preemption function enabled by setting the Preempt algorithm switch
parameter will become disabled.
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Configurable in
CME Batch
Modification Center
UQUEUEP
REEMPT
RNC
PreemptAlg
oSwitch
Yes
QueueAlgoS
witch
PreemptEnh
Switch
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Select
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREE
MPT_CE_SWITCH to enable the
CE resource preemption function.
(Optional) Select
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREE
MPT_PS_SWITCH and
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREE
MPT_PS_SWITCH to enable the
forced preemption function.
11-53
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Activation Observation
The queuing function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.
VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS
VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS
The preemption function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt
RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt
RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-54
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configurable
in CME Batch
Modification
Center
UQUEUE
PREEMP
T
RNC
PreemptAlgoS
witch
Yes
QueueAlgoSwi
tch
Preemption Enhancement
Switch
PreemptEnhS
witch
Clear
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PRE
EMPT_CE_SWITCH to disable
the CE resource preemption
function.
(Optional) Clear
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PRE
EMPT_PS_SWITCH and
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PRE
EMPT_PS_SWITCH to disable
the forced preemption function.
11.18.3 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-55
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
The licenses "RAB Downsizing at Admission Control" on the RNC side have been activated. For
details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
Other prerequisites
For
For
RAB rate reduction, the CN nodes do not need to support this feature.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH.
Activation Observation
1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-5.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-56
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-7.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-57
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-58
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Deactivation
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS
rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.
There is a large number of UEs in a carrier and downlink non-HSPA power resources are more easily
congested in this carrier.
You can activate this feature to reduce the call drop rate in multi-carrier scenarios where the current area
is continuously covered by carriers of the GSM or UMTS network. If a carrier covers continuous areas,
you are not advised to activate this feature because the activation of this feature reduces coverage. You
can activate this feature for a carrier that carries services. It is recommended that carriers enabled with
this feature be configured with the coverage-based handover function so that UEs can be handed over
to carriers covering continuous areas.
You are not advised to activate this feature if the P-CPICH transmit power configured for a cell is low.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-59
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Before activating this feature, ensure that the current area is continuously covered by a carrier or
several carriers. If not, coverage holes will occur, causing the handover success rate and call drop rate
to deteriorate.
Network coverage
Obtain the coverage of carriers that are to be activated with this feature. If cell coverage shrinks when
the P-CPICH transmit power is within the adjustment scope, coverage holes will occur. In this situation,
you must estimate the impact of coverage holes on network performance to determine whether to
activate this feature. If the value of the KPI Soft Handover Overhead is high (higher than 30%), cell
coverage is good.
11.19.3 Planning
None
11.19.4 Deployment
Requirements
License
The license for the WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature has been
activated.
Feature ID
Feature Name
License Description
NE
Sales
Unit
WRFD-15023
6
RNC
per cell
Data Preparation
Table 11-17 lists the data to prepare before activating this feature.
Table 11-17 Data to prepare before activating this feature
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Switch for
NBMLdcAlgoSwitc
Default
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-60
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Cell Load
Control
h:
DLLOAD_BASED_
PCPICH_PWR_ADJ
_SWITCH
value/Recom
mended value
Function
Switch2
FuncSwitch2:
LOAD_BASED_PC
PICH_PWR_ADJ
None
Engineering
Design
Pcpich
Power Down
Based On
DL Load
State
PcpichPwrDownDl
LoadState
Default
value/Recom
mended value
Pcpich
Power Up
Based On
DL Load
State
PcpichPwrUpDlLoa
dState
Default
value/Recom
mended value
Period of
RTWP-Base
d
Intra-frequen
cy LB
IntraFreqLdbPeriod
TimerLen
Radio network
plan (internal)
Pilot power
adjustment
step
PCPICHPowerPace
Radio network
plan (internal)
Max
Transmit
Power of
PCPICH
MaxPCPICHPower
Radio network
plan (internal)
MinPCPICHPower
Radio network
plan (internal)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-61
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE. In this step, select
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ under the Function Switch2 parameter.
Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLICENSE. In this step, select
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ under the Function Switch2 parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD with Intra-frequency LDB period timer
length set to an appropriate value.
Step 3 Specify the pilot power adjustment step.
Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDB with Pilot power adjustment
step set to an appropriate value.
Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB with Pilot power adjustment step
set to an appropriate value.
Step 4 Specify the Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On
DL Load State parameters.
Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDM command. In this step, set
Pcpich Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State to
appropriate values.
Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM command. In this step, set Pcpich
Power Down Based On DL Load State and Pcpich Power Up Based On DL Load State to
appropriate values.
Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UPCPICH. In this step, set Max Transmit
Power of PCPICH and Min Transmit Power of PCPICH to appropriate values.
Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR. In this step, set Max Transmit
Power of PCPICH and Min Transmit Power of PCPICH to appropriate values.
Initial configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the Switch for Cell Load Control
parameter.
Reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH under the Switch for Cell Load Control
parameter.
----End
UCELLLICENSE:FuncSwitch2=LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ-1;
ULDCPERIOD: IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen=60;
UCELLLDB: PCPICHPowerPace=5;
UCELLLDM: PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState= DL_LOADED_STATE, PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState= DL_LIGHT_STATE;
UPCPICH: MaxPCPICHPower=330, MinPCPICHPower=300;
UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-1;
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-62
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
UCELLLICENSE
RNC
Function
Switch2
FuncSwitch2
Yes
ULDCPERIOD
RNC
Period of
RTWP-Based
Intra-frequency
LB
IntraFreqLdb
PeriodTimerL
en
Yes
UCELLLDB
RNC
Pilot power
adjustment
step
PCPICHPowe
rPace
Yes
UCELLLDM
RNC
Pcpich Power
Down Based
On DL Load
State
PcpichPwrDo
wnDlLoadSta
te
Yes
Pcpich Power
Up Based On
DL Load State
PcpichPwrUp
DlLoadState
Max Transmit
Power of
PCPICH
MaxPCPICHP
ower
Min Transmit
Power of
PCPICH
MinPCPICHP
ower
NBMLdcAlgo
UPCPICH
UCELLALGOSW
Draft A (2013-01-30)
RNC
RNC
Yes
Yes
11-63
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
SN
MO
11 Engineering Guidelines
NE
ITCH
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Load Control
Switch
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
Activation Observation
This feature is activated if values of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp and VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown
counters are not 0.
Ensure that the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function is not enabled in the measurement period. Otherwise,
the value of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp or VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown counter may be collected based on the
TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-64
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configurable in CME
Batch Modification
Center
UCELLAL
GOSWIT
CH
RNC
Switch for
Cell Load
Control
NBMLdcAlgo
Switch
Yes
2 (Optional)
ULDCPE
RIOD
RNC
Period of
RTWP-Based
Intra-frequen
cy LB
IntraFreqLdb
PeriodTimerL
en
Yes
UCELLL
DB
RNC
Pilot power
adjustment
step
PCPICHPowe
rPace
Yes
If the TCP-based
intra-frequency
load balancing
function is
enabled before
feature activation,
reconfigure the
Period of
RTWP-Based
Intra-frequency
LB and Pilot
power
adjustment step
parameters based
on this function
after feature
deactivation.
Determine whether this feature takes effect and the activation rate of this feature by querying the
values of the counters listed in Table 11-20.
Description
VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp
VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown
VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time
VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-65
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Counter
Description
Breathing for Cell
Check the reduced downlink non-HSPA power consumption by querying the value of the counter listed
in Table 11-21 in the case of downlink power congestion.
The value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS counter decreases after feature activation if the traffic volume in
the cell remains unchanged.
Description
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS
potential UEs attempt to access a cell and the downlink power resources are congested in this cell,
this feature helps improve the access success rate and the number of online UEs in this cell. You can
query the values of the counters listed in Table 11-22 and KPIs listed in Table 11-23.
If
no UEs attempt to access a cell but there are service requirements, this feature helps improve cell
throughput. You can query the values of the counters listed in Table 11-22 and KPIs listed in Table
11-23. If only a small number of UEs attempt to access this cell, downlink non-HSPA power in this cell
will decrease. You can query the value of the counter listed in Table 11-21.
Description
VS.CellDCHUEs
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell
KPI Type
Service Integrity
Service Integrity
Accessibility
Accessibility
Accessibility
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-66
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
11 Engineering Guidelines
Counter Type
Inter-frequency handovers:
Handover
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigRscp
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TrigEcNo
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigRscp
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TrigEcNo
Inter-RAT handovers:
Handover
VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigRscp
VS.IRATHO.AttOutCS.TrigEcNo
VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigRscp
VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.TrigEcNo
KPI Type
Retainability
Retainability
If the value of the VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time counter is large when the P-CPICH transmit power
is set to the smallest value and counters such as the call drop rate does not deteriorate, you can
reduce the value of the MinPCPICHPower parameter so that the P-CPICH transmit power can be
further adjusted.
If the call drop rate deteriorates noticeably after feature activation, you can increase the value of the
PcpichPwrUpDlLoadState or PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter so that the P-CPICH
transmit power can be more difficult to reduce. For example, you can change the value of the
PcpichPwrDownDlLoadState parameter from DlLoadedState to DlHeavyState.
11.19.7 Troubleshooting
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
11-67
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
12 Parameters
Table 12-1 Parameter description
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
None
ANTIANTE DBS3900
SET
NNAIMBA WCDMA/BTS39 ULOCELL
LANCESW 00
ALGPARA
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
Description
ATTEN
None
DBS3900
MOD
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
None
12-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
sPs
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
and the initial service access rate in
scenarios of CS+PS BE combined
services.
OFF: The channel bearing type and
initial access rate of PS BE services
are not limited.
DCH0K: PS BE services are carried
over the DCH in the uplink and
downlink and the initial access rate of
the PS BE services is 0 kbit/s.
DCH8K: PS BE services are carried
over the DCH in the uplink and
downlink and the initial access rate of
the PS BE services is 8 kbit/s.
DCH8KHSDPA: PS BE services are
carried over the DCH in the uplink
and the initial access rate of the PS
BE services is 8 kbit/s. In the
downlink, the channel for carrying PS
BE services and the initial access rate
are not limited.
When this parameter is set to
DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA,
periodic retries of a UE are prohibited.
GUI Value Range:OFF, DCH0K,
DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Actual Value Range:OFF, DCH0K,
DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Actual Value Range:0.1~40
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:100
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-020 Load
regarded as background noise.
102
Measurement Therefore, the measured RTWP
MOD
could be input to the auto-adaptive
UCELLCA
background noise update filter;
C
otherwise, the RTWP could not be
regarded as background noise, and
should not be input to the filter, and at
the same time, the auto-adaptive
status should be reset.
GUI Value Range:0~10
Actual Value Range:0~10
Unit:None
Default Value:0
BGNOptS BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
WRFD-020 Admission
witch
910
UCELLCA 101
Control
C
MOD
UCELLCA
C
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020Admission
12-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
me
UCELLCA 101
Control
with the [Algorithm stop time], is used
C
to limit the validation time of the
WRFD-020 Load
background noise automatic update
MOD
102
Measurement algorithm. When [Algorithm stop time]
UCELLCA
is larger than [Algorithm start time],
C
and the background noise automatic
910
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020Inter
12-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
ualityCondi 910
tion
UINTERF 103
Frequency
the current cell. Blind handovers
REQNCEL
Load Balance towards the inter-frequency
WRFD-021
L
neighboring cell are allowed only
200
HCS
when the RSCP exceeds this
MOD
(Hierarchical threshold. This threshold is used for
UINTERF WRFD-150 Cell
urgent blind handovers, load
REQNCEL 232
Structure)
balancing-based blind handovers,
L
macro-micro inter-frequency blind
Multiband
Direct Retry handovers, and inter-frequency DRD
Based on UE from a low-band cell to a high-band
cell.
Location
Description
BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
910
UFACH
MOD
UFACH
RMV
UFACH
None
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Specify different number ranges for
logical cells in different subracks. For
example, you can specify the range of
0 to 899 for the logical cells in
subrack 0 (MPS) and the range of
900 to 1799 for the logical cells in
subrack 1 (EPS).For detailed
information about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.401.
GUI Value Range:0~65535
Actual Value Range:0~65535
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:87
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-10
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
difference between
"CellSfPSClbRelThd" and
"CellSfPSClbTrigThd" should be
larger than 10%. Otherwise, a cell will
frequently enter and leave the CLB
state.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:82
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to
102
Measurement TEN_MSEC, use [DL basic meas rprt
cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the
measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [DL basic
meas rprt cycle,Unit:min] to specify
measurement report period. For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC,
MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to
102
Measurement TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA need pwr
meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the
measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA
12-11
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
need pwr meas cycle,Unit:min] to
specify measurement report period.
For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC,
MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to
102
Measurement TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA bit rate
meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the
measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA
bit rate meas cycle,Unit:min] to
specify measurement report period.
For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC,
MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to
102
Measurement TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA bit rate
meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the
measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA
bit rate meas cycle,Unit:min] to
specify measurement report period.
For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC,
MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:If you set this parameter to
102
Measurement TEN_MSEC, use [UL basic meas rprt
cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the
12-12
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
measurement report period. If you set
this parameter to MIN, use [UL basic
meas rprt cycle,Unit:min] to specify
measurement report period. For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC,
MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
WRFD-140 Inter-Frequen Meaning:Candidate flag of a cell
910
UINTERF 217
cy Load
ready to accommodate UEs handed
REQNCEL
Balancing
over by CLB. When this parameter is
L
Based on
set to TRUE, the current cell is listed
Configurable on a candidate cell list during an
MOD
Load
inter-frequency handover triggered by
UINTERF
Threshold
CLB. When this parameter is set to
REQNCEL
FALSE, the current cell is not on the
L
list.
GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-13
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
WRFD-140 Inter-Frequen Meaning:Priority of a candidate cell
910
UINTERF 217
cy Load
for inter-frequency handovers
REQNCEL
Balancing
triggered by CLB. 0 and 15 indicate
L
Based on
the highest and lowest priorities,
Configurable respectively. During such a handover,
MOD
Load
a neighboring cell with a higher
UINTERF
Threshold
priority is more likely to be on the
REQNCEL
candidate cell list.
L
GUI Value Range:0~15
Actual Value Range:0~15
Unit:None
Default Value:0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-14
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:FALSE(FALSE)
WRFD-020 Service
120
Steering and
Load Sharing
WRFD-020 in RRC
40003
Connection
Setup
Inter System
Redirect
This parameter takes effect only when
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to
ON.
- OFF: The RRC redirection is not
allowed.
- Only_To_Inter_Frequency: Only
RRC redirection to inter-frequency
cells is allowed.
- Allowed_To_Inter_RAT: RRC
redirections to inter-frequency cells
and inter-RAT cells are allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Actual Value Range:OFF,
Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Unit:None
Default
Value:Only_To_Inter_Frequency
CsP2DPre BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 Queuing and Meaning:Whether a UE can preempt
emptSwitc 910
UQUEUEP 505
Pre-Emption resources occupied by PS BE
h
REEMPT
services after the cell resource
admission fails under the following
conditions:
-The UE moves from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D).
-The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message
sent by the UE contains the cause
value of Originating Conversational
Call or Terminating Conversational
Call.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-15
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-16
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
this switch is turned off, such issues
do not exist and therefore the service
data rate can be adjusted.
7.
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GR
ADUALLY_SWITCH: Whether
wideband AMRC can be adjusted
level by level according to the data
rate sets configured by the CN .When
this switch is turned off, wideband
AMRC cannot be adjusted level by
level. When this switch is turned on,
wideband AMRC can be adjusted
level by level.
GUI Value
Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFA
ULT_CFG_SWITCH,
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWIT
CH, CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GR
ADUALLY_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFA
ULT_CFG_SWITCH,
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWIT
CH, CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GR
ADUALLY_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:CS_AMRC_SWITCH-0&CS_H
ANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_
CFG_SWITCH-1&CS_IUUP_V2_SU
PPORT_SWITCH-0&CS_VOICE_DY
N_CH_CONF_SWITCH-0&CS_AMR
C_WB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC
_NB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_
WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_
SWITCH-0
12-17
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
DIRECTIO
N
Distance
MOD
UCELLDIS
TANCERE
DIRECTIO
N
DBS3900
WCDMA/BTS39
00
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
ADD
ULOCELL
None
MOD
ULOCELL
SET
ULOCELL
DESENS
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The
102
Measurement larger the value of this parameter, the
stronger the smoothing effect and the
higher the anti-slow-fading capability,
but the lower the signal change
tracing capability. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3,
D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13,
D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-18
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
(DCCC)
Description
to this value if the downlink maximum
rate is higher than the initial access
rate.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64,
D128, D144, D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64,
128, 144, 256, 384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of downlink CAC.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-19
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
state.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:87
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-20
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-021Dynamic
12-21
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
eThd
UDCCC
910
101
Channel
Configuration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning:The inter-frequency
neighboring cell could be selected as
the destination of load handover only
when its load remaining space is
larger than this threshold. The lower
the parameter is, the easier it is to find
a qualified target cell for the blind
handover. Excessively small value of
the parameter, however makes the
target cell easily enter the congestion
status. The higher the parameter is,
the more difficult it is for the
inter-frequency blind handover
occurs.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:20
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-22
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
tionRabNu
m
MOD
UCELLLD
R
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of downlink LDR.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in
downlink credit LDR. The downlink
credit LDR is triggered when the SF
factor corresponding to the downlink
reserved credit is higher than the
uplink or downlink credit SF reserved
threshold.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4),
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32),
SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16,
SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8(SF8)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-23
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in
downlink credit LDR. The downlink
credit LDR could be triggered only
when the SF factor corresponding to
the downlink reserved credit is higher
than the uplink or downlink credit SF
reserved threshold.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4),
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32),
SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16,
SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8(SF8)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-24
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
The fragments of the downlink code
tree are arranged.
CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO:
The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load
handover of the CS domain is
performed.
PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO:
The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load
handover of the PS domain is
performed.
The LDR takes the actions in the
preset sequence and judges whether
each action is successful. If an action
is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the
next action. If an action is successful,
a parameter is set to NOACT, or all
the preceding actions are taken, the
downlink LDR is finished, and the
system waits for the next triggering of
the LDR.
Because each action is performed by
its algorithm module, the LDR
algorithm only selects users and
delivers control messages, the
execution result of each action can be
obtained after a delay, and the LDR
algorithm cannot wait for a long time,
so the LDR can only judge whether
the actions succeed by whether
candidate users are found.
The inter-frequency load handover
has no impact on the QoS of users
and can balance the cell load, so the
inter-frequency load handover usually
serves as the first action.
The BE service rate reduction is
effective only when the DCCC
algorithm is enabled.
GUI Value Range:NoAct(no action),
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), QoSRenego(uncontrolled
real-time traff Qos re-negotiation),
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS
domain inter-rat should be load
handover),
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS
domain inter-rat should be load
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-25
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff
rate reduction),
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend
power), CodeAdj(Code adjust),
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS
domain inter-rat should not be load
handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS
domain inter-rat should not be load
handover), PSInterU2LLDHO
Actual Value Range:NoAct,
InterFreqLDHO, BERateRed,
QoSRenego,
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO,
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO,
AMRRateRed, MBMSDecPower,
CodeAdj,
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO
Unit:None
Default Value:CodeAdj(Code adjust)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-26
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MOD
UCELLLD
M
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-27
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of downlink OLC.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-28
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
executes the OLC action by first
executing fast TF restriction. The
internal counter is incremented by 1
with each execution. If the number of
times overload and congestion occurs
does not exceed this threshold value,
the system reduces the BE service
rate by lowering TF to mitigate
overload. If the number of times
overload and congestion occurs
exceeds this threshold value, fast TF
restriction has no obvious effect on
mitigating overload. In this case, the
system has to switch BE services to
common channels or release users to
solve the overload problem.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:None
Default Value:3
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The
102
Measurement larger the value of this parameter, the
stronger the smoothing effect and the
higher the anti-slow-fading capability,
but the lower the signal change
tracing capability. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3,
D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13,
D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-29
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
recommended difference between the
OLC release threshold and the OLC
trigger threshold is higher than 10%.
It is desirable to set the two
parameters a bit higher given that the
difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold
is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-30
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
trigger threshold is higher than 10%.
It is desirable to set the two
parameters a bit higher given that the
difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold
is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:95
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-31
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
UCELLLD
M
Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-32
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:15
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-33
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:40
WRFD-010 HSUPA
61404
2ms/10ms
TTI Handover 2.
WRFD-011
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_
502
Active Queue OPT_SWITCH: When the switch is
Management on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD-021 (AQM)
algorithm for admission CE-based BE
101
services applies to the UE with the UL
Dynamic
WRFD-050 Channel
enhanced L2 feature. This parameter
405
Configuration is valid when
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_REC
WRFD-050 Control
FG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to
(DCCC)
408
ON.
Overbooking
WRFD-010
3.
on ATM
690
Transmission DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_REC
FG_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
WRFD-010
Overbooking
the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm
61403
on IP
is supported for admission CE-based
WRFD-010 Transmission BE services.
202
TTI Switch for 4.
WRFD-010 BE Services DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_O
61111
Based on
PT_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
Coverage
the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm
for coverage-based BE services
HSUPA 2ms applies to the UE with the UL
TTI
enhanced L2 feature. This parameter
UE State in is valid when
Connected DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECF
G_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to ON.
Mode
(CELL-DCH, 5.
CELL-PCH, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECF
URA-PCH, G_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
CELL-FACH) the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm
HSDPA State is supported for coverage-based BE
services.
Transition
6.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT
_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for
differentiation-based BE services
applies to the UE with the UL
enhanced L2 feature. This parameter
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-34
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
is valid when
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_
SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set to ON.
7.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_
SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is
supported for differentiation-based
BE services.
8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the dynamic channel
reconfiguration control algorithm is
used for the RNC.
9.
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTRO
L_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
flow control is enabled for HSDPA
services in AM mode.
10.
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the status
of the UE RRC that carrying HSDPA
services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE
service is carried over the HS-DSCH,
the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
should be on simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried over the
HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH should be on simultaneously.
11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the DCCC
algorithm is used for HSUPA. The
DCCC switch must be also on before
this switch takes effect.
12.
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the status
of the UE RRC that carrying HSUPA
services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE
service is carried over the E-DCH, the
switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
should be on simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried over the
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-35
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH should be on simultaneously.
13.
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH:
Switch of the algorithm for increasing
the quality of subscribed services.
When this parameter is set to ON, the
service priority weight of the
subscriber whose key parameters (IP
Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol
Type) match the specified ones can
be adjusted. In this way, the QoS is
improved.
14.
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, UE RRC
status transition
(CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH
) is allowed at the RNC.
15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS
_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
status of the UE RRC that carrying
real-time services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC.
16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_S
WITCH: Under a poor radio
environment, the QoS of high speed
services drops considerably and the
TX power is overly high. In this case,
the RNC can set restrictions on low
data rate transmission formats based
on the transmission quality, thus
lowering traffic speed and TX power.
When the switch is on, the R99
downlink flow control function is
enabled.
17.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the DCCC
based on traffic statistics is supported
over the DCH.
18.
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH:
when the switch is on, the TTI
selection based on the voice service
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-36
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
type (including VoIP and CS over
HSPA) is supported when the service
is initially established.
19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
when the switch is on, the TTI
adjustment based on the voice
service type (including VoIP and CS
over HSPA) is supported.
20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_
SWITCH: Whether to prohibit channel
retries for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned
on, channel retries are prohibited for
CS and PS combined services. When
this switch is turned off, channel
retries are allowed for CS and PS
combined services.
21.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH: Whether to activate the
fast state transition algorithm. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC
identifies UEs supporting fast state
transition and then quickly transits the
UEs from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH.
22.
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWIT
CH: Whether to activate the algorithm
for smart PCH-to-DCH state transition
specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition and then transits the UEs
from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH.
23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SE
L_SWITCH: Whether initial TTI
selection is allowed for differentiated
BE services based on fairness
0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is
selected according to the original
algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. In the
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-37
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for
differentiated BE services based on
fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI
if the RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth,
or consumed CE resources are
congested.
24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_
SEL_SWITCH: Whether to activate
the coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to BE
services. When this switch is turned
on and conditions on 2 ms TTI
specific to BE services has been met,
the RNC determines uplink coverage
wideness of specific cells based on
the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs
during RRC connection. If the uplink
coverage of the cells is weak, the
RNC allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE
services as their initial TTI.
25. DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to
enable state transition from
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this
switch is turned on, a UE can directly
move from the CELL_FACH to
URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned off, a UE must move from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then
to URA_PCH state.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_
OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_REC
FG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECF
G_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_
SWITCH, DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTRO
L_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH, DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-38
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS
_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_S
WITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWIT
CH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_
SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SE
L_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_
SEL_SWITCH, DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_
OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_REC
FG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_O
PT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECF
G_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT
_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_
SWITCH, DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTRO
L_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH, DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS
_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_S
WITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWIT
CH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-39
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_
SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SE
L_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_
SEL_SWITCH, DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-0&DRA_
BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_
SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_
BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&DRA_
BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_S
WITCH-0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE
_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_BA
SE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH
-0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_REC
FG_SWITCH-1&DRA_DCCC_SWIT
CH-1&DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CO
NTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSDPA_S
TATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HS
UPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSU
PA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DR
A_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0&D
RA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITC
H-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TR
ANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FL
OW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_T
HROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-0&D
RA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-0&
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
-0&DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETR
Y_SWITCH-0&DRA_SMART_FAST_
STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_P
CH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH-0&D
RA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_
SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_COVER_B
E_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-0&DRA_
F2U_SWITCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-40
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
REQNCEL
L
DrSwitch
BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 HSDPA DRD
910
UCORRM 61112
Service
ALGOSWI
WRFD-020
Steering and
TCH
120
Load Sharing
in RRC
WRFD-020 Connection
40001
Setup
2)
WRFD-020 Intra System DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DR
40002
Direct Retry D switch for single RAB): When the
WRFD-020 Inter System switch is on, DRD is performed for
single service if retry is required.
40003
Direct Retry
WRFD-020 Inter System 3)
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DR
40004
Redirect
D switch for combine RAB): When the
switch is on, DRD is performed for
Traffic
Steering and combined services if retry is required.
Load Sharing 4)
During RAB DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INT
Setup
ER-RAT DRD switch): When this
switch is turned on, inter-RAT directed
retry is supported.
GUI Value
Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
Unit:None
Default
Value:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1&D
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-41
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
R_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR
_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-0&DR
_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH-1
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-42
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-43
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
12-44
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Feedback Period. When this switch is
turned on, functions controlled by
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD
_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAG
E_SWITCH, and
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_
PS_SWITCH can take effect.
5. DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based
Uplink Target BLER Configuration):
License control switch for the
load-based uplink target BLER
algorithm.
6.
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_B
ASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing Based on Config
Load Thd): Whether to enable the
feature Inter-Frequency Load
Balancing Based on Configurable
Load Threshold (CLB). When this
switch is turned on in a cell and the
load balancing function specific to a
resource type is enabled, the function
of measurement-based
inter-frequency handover related to
load balancing is available to this cell.
7.
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dyn
amic Target RoT Adjustment):
License control switch for the
Dynamic Target RoT Adjustment
algorithm.
8.
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWI
TCH(Cell MOCN Demarcation
Switch): Whether to enable the
MOCN Cell Resource Demarcation
function for multiple operators in an
MOCN cell. When this switch is
turned on, the cell supports MOCN
demarcation; when this switch is
turned off, the cell does not support
MOCN demarcation. Before turning
on this switch, perform the following
operations: 1. Activate the MOCN
Introduction Package feature. 2. Run
the "ADD
UCELLMOCNDPAPOWERDEMAR"
command to add the HSDPA power
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-45
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
resource ratio for all operators of the
operator group controlling the cell, or
run the "ADD
UCELLMOCNSFDEMAR" command
to add the SF resource ratio for these
operators.
9.
MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_
INTERF_CONTROL: License switch
for activating the Macro and Micro
Co-Carrier Uplink Interference
Control feature. This feature includes
the following sub-features: Macro &
Micro Joint Inter-frequency
Redirection: controlled by the
"COMacroMicroIFRedirSwitch"
switch, Macro & Micro Joint
Inter-frequency Handover: controlled
by the
"HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FR
EQ_OUT_SWITCH" switch, Micro
Cell Dynamic Rx Sensitivity Control:
controlled by the
"COMacroMicroDesenseSwitch"
switch. This feature and these three
sub-features can take effect only
when all the four switches are turned
on.
10.
CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_R
IM: Controls whether the RNC
supports RIM-based load query and
load sharing. When this switch is
turned on, this function takes effect.
11.
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITC
H: Controls whether the RNC
supports MOCN introduce pack.
When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect.
GUI Value Range:ICR(ICR),
INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TY
PE_STEERING(Intelligent Interfreq
UE Type Steering),
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITC
H(Cell ICR Demarcation Switch),
DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynamic
Configuration of HSDPA CQI
Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based Uplink
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-46
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Target BLER Configuration),
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_B
ASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing Based on Config
Load Thd),
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH(Dyn
amic Target RoT Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWI
TCH(MOCN Cell Resource
Demarcation),
MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_
INTERF_CONTROL(Macro and
Micro Co-carrier UL Interference
Control),
CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_R
IM(Cellload Shared Based on RIM),
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITC
H(MOCN Introduce Pack Switch)
Actual Value Range:ICR,
INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TY
PE_STEERING,
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITC
H, DYN_CQI_ADJUST,
DYN_BLER_PS,
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_B
ASEON_CFG_THD,
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWI
TCH,
MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL_
INTERF_CONTROL,
CELLLOAD_SHARED_BASEDON_R
IM,
MOCN_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITC
H
Unit:None
Default
Value:ICR-0&INTELLIGENT_INTERF
REQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-0&CEL
L_ICR_DEMARCATION_SWITCH-0
&DYN_CQI_ADJUST-0&DYN_BLER
_PS-0&INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALA
NCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-0&DYN_
TGTROT_CTRL_SWITCH-0&CELL_
MOCN_DEMARCATION_SWITCH-0
&MACRO_MICRO_COCARRIER_UL
_INTERF_CONTROL-0&CELLLOAD
_SHARED_BASEDON_RIM-0&MOC
N_INTRODUCE_PACK_SWITCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-47
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
None
DBS3900
MOD
WCDMA/BTS39 TMASUBU
00
NIT
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-48
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
HCSPrio
BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
WRFD-021 HCS
Meaning:HCS priority of the cell
910
UCELLHC 200
(Hierarchical belongs to. The parameter depends
S
Cell
on HCS rules. For details, refer to
WRFD-010 Structure)
3GPP TS 25.304. The value 0
MOD
801
indicates the highest-hierarchy cell
UCELLHC
Intra RNC
WRFD-010 Cell Update and the value 7 indicates the
S
lowest-hierarchy cell. High-hierarchy
802
cells are macro cells having large
Inter RNC
Cell Update coverage areas where UEs move at
high speeds. Low-hierarchy cells are
micro cells having small coverage
areas where UEs move at low
speeds.
GUI Value Range:0~7
Actual Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Meaning:1.
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the RNC
evaluates the UE's moving speed in
the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer
or slow inter-layer handover.
2.
12-49
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-010 HSUPA
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWI
61204
Introduction TCH: When the switch is on, the LDR
Package
inter-frequency handover is allowed
WRFD-020
during soft handover.
103
HSUPA
Mobility
3. HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH:
WRFD-020 Management When the switch is on, the UE
201
requires that the redirection strategy
Inter
be used for frequency layer
WRFD-020 Frequency
convergence.
202
Load Balance
WRFD-020 Intra Node B 4. HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the associated
203
Softer
receiving and mobility algorithms of
WRFD-020 Handover
the overlay network are used. When
301
the switch is not on, the associated
Intra RNC
algorithms are not used. Overlay
WRFD-020 Soft
network is an UTRAN network
Handover
302
covering present network, it supports
Inter
RNC
HSPA, MBMS and other new
WRFD-020
Soft
features. To satisfy new requirements
303
Handover
of operator and restrictions of present
WRFD-020
network, overlay network realizes
Intra
304
operation distribution and load
Frequency
sharing between new network and
WRFD-020 Hard
present network, also gives special
305
Handover
handling for mobility management of
network verge.
WRFD-020 Inter
306
Frequency
5.
Hard
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
WRFD-020 Handover
TCH: When the switch is on, the RNC
308
Based on
is allowed to initiate inter-frequency
WRFD-020 Coverage
measure control or the load-based
30801
inter-frequency hard handover upon
Inter-RAT
the handover decision on
WRFD-020 Handover
inter-frequency load.
Based on
30802
Coverage
6.
WRFD-020
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_S
Inter
309
WITCH: Whether to enable
Frequency
service-based PS handover from
WRFD-021 Hard
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
200
Handover
Based on DL turned on, the RNC can send LTE
WRFD-020 QoS
MEASUREMENT CONTROL
129
message based on service and
Inter-RAT
initiate service-based PS handover
WRFD-070 Handover
from UMTS to LTE. When this switch
005
Based on
is turned off, the RNC cannot initiate
Service
service-based PS handover from
WRFD-070
UMTS to LTE.
006
Inter-RAT
WRFD-070 Handover
Based on
Draft A (2013-01-30)
7.
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH
12-50
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
007
Load
Description
: When the switch is on, the RNC is
allowed to initiate inter-frequency
measure control and the CS
inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G
network to the 2G network.
WRFD-020 Inter-RAT
106
Handover
Phase 2
WRFD-140
102
NACC(Netwo 8.
rk Assisted HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLC
Cell Change) HG_NACC_SWITCH: When the
PS Handover switch is on, the NACC function is
supported during the PS inter-RAT
Between
handover from the 3G network to the
UMTS and
2G network in the cell change order
GPRS
process. When the switch is not on,
Inter-RAT
the NACC function is not supported.
Handover
When
Based on DL PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH
QoS
is ON, this switch is useless. When
the NACC function is supported, the
HCS
UE skips the reading procedure as
(Hierarchical the SI/PSI of the target cell is
Cell
provided after the UE accesses the
Structure)
2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell
PS Service handover is reduced.
Redirection 9.
from UMTS to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOC
LTE
ATION_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the PS inter-RAT handover from
the 3G network to the 2G network is
performed in the relocation process.
When the switch is not on, the PS
inter-RAT handover from the 3G
network to the 2G network is
GSM and
performed in the cell change order
UMTS Load process.
Balancing
10.
Based on
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
Iur-g
: When the switch is on, the RNC is
GSM and
allowed to initiate inter-frequency
UMTS Traffic measure control and the PS inter-RAT
Steering
hard handover from the 3G network
Based on
to the 2G network.
Iur-g
11.
Load
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_H
Reshuffling O_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the attributes of inter-RAT handover
CS Fallback of the services are based on the
Guarantee for configuration of RNC parameters.
LTE
When the switch is not on, the
Emergency attributes are set on the basis of the
CN. If no information is provided by
NACC
Procedure
Optimization
Based on
Iur-g
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-51
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Calls
Description
the CN, the attributes are then based
on the RNC parameters.
12.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_
ACTSET_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the cells in the detected set
from which the RNC receives their
valid event reports can be added to
the active set. The cells allowed to be
added to the active set must be the
neighboring cells of the cells in the
active set.
13.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_
SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
intra-frequency measurement reports
of the detected set can be reported by
UE.
14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the RNC
is allowed to initiate the
intra-frequency hard handover.
15.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the event
1J is included in the delivery of
intra-frequency measurement control
if the UE version is R6.
16.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the cells
on the RNC can active the soft
handover. When the RNC receives
reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or
1D, associated addition, removal, and
replacement of handover cell of the
soft handover are initiated.
17.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP
_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
neighboring cell whose frequency
band is beyond the UE's capabilities
can also be delivered in the
inter-frequency measurement list.
18.
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITC
H: When the switch is on, the
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-52
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
neighboring cell combined algorithm
is used during the delivery of the
objects to be measured. When the
switch is not on, the optimal cell
algorithm is used.
19.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on,
intra-frequency handover is allowed
over the Iur interface if the UE has
only signaling.
20. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, quality
measurement on the active set is
delivered after signaling setup but
before service setup. If the UE is at
the cell verge or receives weak
signals after accessing the network,
the RNC can trigger inter-frequency
or inter-RAT handover when the UE
sets up the RRC.
21.
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the RNC
controls the UEs in the connected
state based on the configurations on
the CN. The UEs can only access and
move in authorized cells.
22. HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable handover from
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC can send LTE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message and initiate PS handover or
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC
cannot perform the preceding
procedures.
23.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable service-based
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC can
send LTE MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message based on
service and initiate service-based PS
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC
cannot initiate service-based PS
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-53
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
redirection from UMTS to LTE.
24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This
bit is a Single Radio Voice Call
Continuity (SRVCC) switch for the
VoIP service that is handed over to
GERAN. SRVCC ensures the
continuity of voice services that are
handed over between the CS domain
and the IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS).The meaning of the bit is as
follows: When it is set to "ON", it
indicates that the VoIP service can be
handed over to GERAN through
SRVCC procedure.When it is set to
"OFF", it indicates that the VoIP
service cannot be handed over to
GERAN through SRVCC procedure.
25.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D
2F_SWITCH: This switch controls
which event to be preferentially
processed when both an intrafrequency measurement report event
and event 2D or 2F need to be
processed. Turning on this switch
allows the intra-frequency
measurement report event to be
preferentially processed. Turning off
this switch allows event 2D or 2F to
be preferentially processed.
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the
RNC instructs the UE to use the cell
individual offset (CIO) parameter
when reporting event 1D. If this field
is selected, the RNC instructs the UE
to use the CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. If this field is not
selected, the RNC does not instruct
the UE to use the CIO parameter
when reporting event 1D. The call
drop rate will increase if the switch is
opened when the CIO is configured to
a big value.
27.
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC determines the
initial speed state of a UE based on
the enUeMobilityStateInd information
element (IE) sent by the UE. If this
switch is turned on, the initial UE
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-54
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
speed state is determined by this IE
carried in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC
determines the UE mobility state as
before based on how frequently the
UE sends an event 1D measurement
report.
28. HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to activate CS Fall Back.
When this switch is turned on, CS Fall
Back is activated. When this switch is
turned off, CS Fall Back is
deactivated.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH: Switch for preferentially
moving to an LTE cell after a call
release. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC includes the neighboring
frequency information in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message
for UEs that can measure signal
quality of the frequency band
including the LTE cells' frequencies.
As a result of these operations, these
UEs can preferentially move to LTE
cells after entering the idle state.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR
_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
on, the RNC sends periodical
inter-frequency and intra-frequency
measurement control messages, and
includes the information element (IE)
measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency measurement control
message to instruct a UE to report
signal quality in an active set cell in a
periodical inter-frequency
measurement report. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends
only a periodical inter-frequency
measurement control message
without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_P
ARA_SWITCH (Algorithm Switch for
Coverage-based Inter-frequency or
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-55
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
inter-RAT Handover Parameters
Dedicated to CS and PS Combined
Services): When this switch is turned
on, the handover parameters
dedicated to CS and PS combined
services are used when CS and PS
combined services are processed.
When this switch is turned off, the
thresholds for CS or PS services,
whichever are larger, are used for the
handover parameters.
GUI Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_ES
T_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWI
TCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH
,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLC
HG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOC
ATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_
ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP
_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWI
TCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWIT
CH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWIT
CH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-56
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D
2F_SWITCH, HO_CIO_1D_USED,
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWIT
CH, HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR
_SWITCH,
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_P
ARA_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_ES
T_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWI
TCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_S
WITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH
,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLC
HG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOC
ATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_H
O_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_
ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_
SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWIT
CH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWI
TCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP
_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITC
H,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWI
TCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWIT
CH, HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWIT
CH, HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-57
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
2F_SWITCH, HO_CIO_1D_USED,
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWIT
CH, HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR
_SWITCH,
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_P
ARA_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST
_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLO
W_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_ALGO_MB
MS_FLC_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_O
VERLAY_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_F
REQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_L
TE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITC
H-0&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SW
ITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G
_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-0&HO
_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATI
ON_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_P
S_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RA
T_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH-0&
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_
ACTSET_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_F
REQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH-1&H
O_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWIT
CH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J
_SWITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_SO
FT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_MC_MEAS
_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH-0&H
O_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH
-1&HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_S
WITCH-0&HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITC
H-0&HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_
SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWI
TCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH-0&HO_H2G_SRVCC_S
WITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGH
PRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH-0&HO_CIO_
1D_USED-0&HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BS
D_UE_SWITCH-0&HO_L2U_EMGC
ALL_SWITCH-0&HO_UMTS_TO_LT
E_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0&HO_
HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
ITCH-0&HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_SWITCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-58
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
12-59
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
TCH: Specifies whether to enable a
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC allows the
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection procedure. When the
switch is turned off, the RNC does not
allow the coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
procedure.
5.
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_U
NCFG_SWITCH: This parameter
allows the inter-RAT handover failure
caused by UE incompatibility for only
once in a call. When the switch is
turned on and a UE failed in handover
from the universal terrestrial radio
access network (UTRAN) to the
GSM/EDGE radio access network
(GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial
radio access network (E-UTRAN) due
to the cause of configuration
unacceptable, the RNC prevents the
handover from UTRAN to GERAN or
E-UTRAN in this call. When the
switch is turned off, the RNC allows
another handover from UTRAN to
GERAN or E-UTRAN in this call.
6.
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control and periodic
intra-frequency measurement control
simultaneously to UEs processing CS
services. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC sends the periodic
inter-RAT measurement control and
periodic intra-frequency
measurement control simultaneously
to UEs processing CS services. The
inter-RAT measurement control
carries the periodic intra-frequency
measurement ID so that the UEs
report both the inter-RAT MRs and
Ec/N0 of the active set. In this way,
the RNC can decide whether to
perform an inter-RAT handover based
on the Ec/N0 of the active set. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-60
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
sends only the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control to UEs
processing CS services and the
Ec/N0 of the active set is not
considered in the inter-RAT
handovers.
7.
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control and periodic
intra-frequency measurement control
simultaneously to UEs processing PS
services. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC sends the periodic
inter-RAT measurement control and
periodic intra-frequency
measurement control simultaneously
to UEs processing PS services. The
inter-RAT measurement control
carries the periodic intra-frequency
measurement ID so that the UEs
report both the inter-RAT MRs and
Ec/N0 of the active set. In this way,
the RNC can decide whether to
perform an inter-RAT handover based
on the Ec/N0 of the active set. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC
sends only the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control to UEs
processing PS services and the
Ec/N0 of the active set is not
considered in the inter-RAT
handovers.
8.
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the
algorithm of intra-frequency
neighboring cell combination. When
this switch is turned on, the algorithm
of intra-frequency neighboring cell
combination is used for
intra-frequency measurement objects.
When this switch is turned off, the
best cell algorithm is used.
9.
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH: Whether to use the
algorithm of inter-frequency
neighboring cell combination. When
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-61
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
this switch is turned on, the algorithm
of inter-frequency neighboring cell
combination is used for
inter-frequency measurement objects.
When this switch is turned off, the
best cell algorithm is used.
10.
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH: Whether to use the algorithm
of neighboring GSM cell combination.
When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring GSM cell
combination is used for GSM
measurement objects. When this
switch is turned off, the best cell
algorithm is used.
11.
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH: Whether to use the algorithm
of neighboring LTE cell combination.
When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
combination is used for LTE
measurement objects. When this
switch is turned off, the best cell
algorithm is used.
GUI Value
Range:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTE
R_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLU
TE_FREQ_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_U
NCFG_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH,
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH
Actual Value
Range:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTE
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-62
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
R_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLU
TE_FREQ_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWI
TCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_U
NCFG_SWITCH,
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COM
BINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH,
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_S
WITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:HO_COMACROMICRO_INTE
R_FREQ_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L
_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L
_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0&
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLU
TE_FREQ_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_
RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWI
TCH-0&HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_IN
TRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_P
S_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_INTRAFR
EQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_C
OMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE
_SWITCH1&HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_
SWITCH-1
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Inter-RAT
303
Handover
Based on
12-63
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Ind
WRFD-020 Coverage
302
Inter
WRFD-010 Frequency
61006
Hard
Handover
WRFD-010 Based on
61204
Coverage
Description
set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable
the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The
HSDPA services can be enabled
when the CM is enabled. If this
parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM
for HSDPA services can be enabled
only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to
DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the
CM is enabled.
HSDPA
Mobility
Management This switch is used for the
compatibility of the HSDPA terminals
HSUPA
that do not support CM when HSDPA
Mobility
Management is enabled.
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of HSDPA power
requirement.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of HSDPA bit rate.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Inter-RAT
303
Handover
Based on
WRFD-020 Coverage
302
Inter
WRFD-010 Frequency
61006
Hard
12-64
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-010 Handover
61204
Based on
Coverage
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of HSUPA bit rate.
GUI Value Range:1~32
12-65
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-66
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)
Actual Value Range:BLINDHO,
MEASUREHO
Unit:None
Default Value:BLINDHO(BLINDHO)
12-67
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
OfLDR
DIRECTIO
N
MOD
UCELLDIS
TANCERE
DIRECTIO
N
Based on
Distance
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-68
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
the cell PCPICH TX power can be
periodically reduced in order to
enable users in connected mode to
be switched over to other cells more
easily, thus reducing the local cell
load. This parameter is used in the
TCP-based intra-frequency load
balancing algorithm and load-based
dynamic pilot power adjustment
algorithm. When the TCP-based
intra-frequency load balancing
algorithm is enabled, the value 1800s
is recommended. When the
load-based dynamic pilot power
adjustment algorithm is enabled, the
value 60s is recommended.
GUI Value Range:1~115300
Actual Value Range:1~115300
Unit:s
Default Value:1800
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of intra-frequency load
balancing (LDB).
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:6
12-69
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
UCELLLD
R
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-70
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:10
MAXDELT DBS3900
AOFTARG WCDMA/BTS39
ETROT
00
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
SET
WRFD-020 Dual-Thresho Meaning:Indicates the max target
ULOCELL 137
ld Scheduling RoT difference before and after IC.
MACEPAR
with HSUPA
GUI Value Range:0~6
A
Actual Value Range:0~3, step:0.5
Unit:0.5dB
Default Value:0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-71
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
ADD
WRFD-020 Load
UCELLLD 106
Reshuffling
R
12-72
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MOD
UCELLLD
R
MbmsOlcR BSC6900
elNum
ADD
WRFD-020 Overload
UCELLOL 107
Control
C
MOD
UCELLOL
C
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:DL basic common
102
Measurement measurement report cycle. For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-73
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:20
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the
102
Measurement HSDPA bit rate measurement report
period. For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:10
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:HSDPA power requirement
102
Measurement measurement report period For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:10
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the
102
Measurement HSUPA bit rate measurement report
period. For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:1
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:UL basic common
102
Measurement measurement report cycle. For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~60
Actual Value Range:1~60
Unit:min
Default Value:20
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020Open Loop
Power
12-74
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
HPower
UPCPICH 501
910
Description
Control
MODE
None
DBS3900
MOD
WCDMA/BTS39 TMASUBU
00
NIT
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
N300
BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
Meaning:Maximum number of
910
UIDLEMO 101
Specifications retransmissions of the RRC
DETIMER
CONNECTION REQUEST message.
GUI Value Range:0~7
Actual Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:3
N381
BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
Meaning:Maximum number of resend
910
UCONNM 101
Specifications times of message "RRC
ODETIME
CONNECTION SETUP" or "CELL
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-75
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-76
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Control
HSDPA provided bit rate (PBR)
measurement. The NodeB will report
the PBR of HSDPA users to the RNC
after the measurement is enabled.
7.
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
When this switch and the RNC-level
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(
SET URRCTRLSWITCH )are turned
on, the Cell Barring function is
available to the Iu interface.
8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Control
HSUPA PBR measurement. The
NodeB will report the PBR of HSUPA
users to the RNC after the
measurement is enabled.
9. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS:
Control HSUPA Provided Received
Scheduled EDCH Power Share
measurement.
10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Control
power admission for emergency user.
11. RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB:
Control algorithm of resisting disturb
when RTWP is abnormal.
12.
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH
: Whether to prohibit UEs that have
established RRC connections but not
start processing any services yet from
performing soft handovers. When this
switch is turned on, such UEs cannot
access target cells by means of soft
handover if the OLC procedure is
progressing in target cells.
13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Admission
control switch for the FACH on the Uu
interface. This switch determines
whether to admit a user in the RRC
state on the CELL_FACH. 1) If this
switch is enabled: if the current cell is
congested due to overload, and the
users are with RAB connection
requests or RRC connection
requests(except the cause of
""Detach"", ""Registration"", or
""Emergency Call""), the users will be
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-77
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
rejected. Otherwise FACH user
admission procedure is initiated. A
user can access the cell after the
procedure succeeds. 2) If this switch
is disabled: FACH user admission
procedure is initiated without the
consideration of cell state.
14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCT
RL: Legacy HSDPA admission control
algorithm in MIMO cell.
15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
Whether to enable or disable state
transition of users in the CELL-DCH
state, who are enabled with fast
dormancy, to ease FACH congestion
in a cell. If this switch is turned off in a
cell, state transition of such users is
disabled. Note that when this switch
is turned off in multiple cells under an
RNC, signaling storm will occur. As a
result, the CPU usage of the RNC,
NodeB, and SGSN increases greatly,
leading to service setup failure.This
switch has been removed from
RAN13, so that this switch is now
invalid.
16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:
Whether to allow for FACH UEs
without restrictions.
17. If switches above are selected,
the corresponding algorithms will be
enabled;otherwise, disabled.
GUI Value
Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit
Admission Control Algorithm),
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU
Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU
Load Admission Control Algorithm),
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS UU
Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP
Meas Algorithm),
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR
Meas Algorithm),
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(
System Info Update Switch for Iu
Reset), HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-78
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSU
PA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergency call
power admission),
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP
Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH
(Signaling Sho Ul power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power
cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCT
RL(Legacy HSDPA Admission Control
Algorithm in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast
Dormancy User Admission Control
Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FA
CH USER UNLIMITED)
Actual Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL,
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL,
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH
, FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCT
RL, FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Unit:None
Default
Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_UU
_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL0&MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSDPA_
GBP_MEAS-0&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS
-0&SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_R
ST-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUP
A_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS-0&EMC_U
U_ADCTRL-1&RTWP_RESIST_DIS
TURB-0&SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC
_SWITCH-0&FACH_UU_ADCTRL-0
&MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADC
TRL-0&FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTR
L-1&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTR
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-79
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
L-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-80
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-81
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
starts the OLC event measurement.
8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Code
reshuffling algorithm. When the cell
CODE is heavily loaded, this
algorithm reduces the cell CODE load
by using BE service rate reduction
and code tree reshuffling.
9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Credit
reshuffling algorithm. When the cell
credit is heavily loaded, this algorithm
reduces the credit load of the cell by
using BE service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time service QoS
renegotiation, CS should be
inter-RAT, PS should be inter-RAT
handover, CS should not be
inter-RATand and PS should not be
inter-RAT handover.
10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:
Intra-frequency load balancing
algorithm based on RTWP. CPICH
power of a cell is adjusted according
to RTWP load in the cell, triggering
intra-frequency, inter-frequency, or
inter-RAT handover of UEs at the
edge of the cell. As a result, the call
drop rate in the cell is reduced. When
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_A
DJ_SWITCH is turned on, this
algorithm automatically fails.
11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to activate
the uplink-cell-load-based CLB
algorithm. With this algorithm, the
RNC determines whether to enable a
cell to enter the CLB state based on
its uplink cell load. Once the cell
enters the CLB state, the RNC
periodically initiates
measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers to balance load across
inter-frequency cells.
12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to activate
the downlink-cell-load-based CLB
algorithm. With this algorithm, the
RNC determines whether to enable a
cell to enter the CLB state based on
its downlink cell load. Once the cell
enters the CLB state, the RNC
periodically initiates
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-82
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers to balance load across
inter-frequency cells.
13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to
activate the cell-code-resource-based
CLB algorithm. With this algorithm,
the RNC determines whether to
enable a cell to enter the CLB state
based on the code usage in the cell.
Once the cell enters the CLB state,
the RNC periodically initiates
measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers to balance load across
inter-frequency cells.
14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to
activate the
cell-credit-resource-based CLB
algorithm. With this algorithm, the
RNC determines whether to enable a
cell to enter the CLB state based on
the credit usage in the cell. Once the
cell enters the CLB state, the RNC
periodically initiates
measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers to balance load across
inter-frequency cells.
15.
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_A
DJ_SWITCH: Whether the algorithm
for dynamically adjusting the pilot
power based on the downlink load
takes effect. When this parameter is
set to ON and
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ
of the "FuncSwitch2" parameter in the
"ADD UCELLLICENSE" command is
turned on, the algorithm for
dynamically adjusting the pilot power
based on the downlink load takes
effect. In this case, other
intra-frequency load balancing
algorithms (for example, the TCPand RTWP-based intra-frequency
load balancing algorithms) that have
been enabled in the cell automatically
fail.
16. If INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, ULOLC, DLOLC, ULLDR,
UDLLDR, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-83
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB,
UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB and
CELL_CREDIT_CLB are selected,
the corresponding algorithms will be
enabled; otherwise, disabled.
GUI Value
Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR,
UL_UU_OLC, DL_UU_OLC,
OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR,
CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB,
UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_A
DJ_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR,
UL_UU_OLC, DL_UU_OLC,
OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR,
CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB,
UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_A
DJ_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&
PUC-0&UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LD
R-0&UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0
&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_COD
E_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&U
L_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB-0&UL
_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&CELL_
CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB0&DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR
_ADJ_SWITCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-84
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MOD
UCELLAL
GOSWITC
H
NBM_LDC_ALL_UE:
NBM_LDC_ALL_UE: All UEs can be
selected in a load-based
inter-frequency handover, regardless
of whether the selected UEs match
the supporting capability of the target
cell.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY:
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY: Only
the UEs matching the supporting
capability of the target cell can be
selected in a load-based
inter-frequency handover.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST:
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST: The
UEs matching the supporting
capability of the target cell are
preferentially selected in a
load-based inter-frequency handover.
GUI Value
Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE(Select all
users),
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY(Sele
ct users match target cell support
only),
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST(Sele
ct users match target cell support
first)
Actual Value
Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST
Unit:None
Default
Value:NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONL
Y(Select users match target cell
support only)
12-85
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
GOSWITC
H
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-86
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
USER PRIORITY 13),
PRIORITY14(WPS USER PRIORITY
14)
Actual Value Range:PRIORITY1,
PRIORITY2, PRIORITY3,
PRIORITY4, PRIORITY5,
PRIORITY6, PRIORITY7,
PRIORITY8, PRIORITY9,
PRIORITY10, PRIORITY11,
PRIORITY12, PRIORITY13,
PRIORITY14,
Unit:None
Default
Value:PRIORITY1-0&PRIORITY2-1&
PRIORITY3-1&PRIORITY4-1&PRIO
RITY5-1&PRIORITY6-1&PRIORITY7
-0&PRIORITY8-0&PRIORITY9-0&PR
IORITY10-0&PRIORITY11-0&PRIOR
ITY12-0&PRIORITY13-0&PRIORITY
14-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-87
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-88
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
algorithm): When the cell group level
credit load is heavy, users are
assembled in priority order among all
the NodeBs and a part of users are
selected for LDR action in order to
reduce the cell group level credit load.
4. IUB_OLC (Iub Overload
congestion control algorithm): When
the NodeB Iub load is Overload,
users are assembled in priority order
among all the NodeBs and a part of
users are selected for Olc action in
order to reduce the NodeB Iub load.
5. Whether to activate the
NodeB-credit-based CLB algorithm.
With this algorithm, the RNC initiates
inter-frequency handovers if NodeB
credit load is higher than the value of
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" or
"UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD
UNODEBCLB" command. By doing
this, the NodeB credit load can be
reduced.
6. Whether to activate the
cell-group-credit-based CLB
algorithm. With this algorithm, the
RNC initiates inter-frequency
handovers if credit load in a cell group
is higher than the value of
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD
UNODEBCLB" command. By doing
this, the credit load in the cell group
can be reduced.
7. To enable the algorithms above,
select them. Otherwise, they are
disabled.
GUI Value Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR
Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit
LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR
Algorithm), IUB_OLC(IUB OLC
Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(No
deB Credit CLB Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local
Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm)
Actual Value Range:IUB_LDR,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-89
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR,
LCG_CREDIT_LDR, IUB_OLC,
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH,
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT
_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0&IUB
_OLC-0&NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SW
ITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITC
H-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-90
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MOD
UCELLPU
C
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-91
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-92
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
for which the load measurement
responds to the step-function signals
is about 2.8s, namely that the system
can trace the load control effect about
3 s later after each load control. In this
case, the OLC period timer length
cannot be smaller than 3s.
OlcPeriodTimerLen along with
ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
ULOLCTraffRelUserNum, and
DLOLCTraffRelUserNum determine
the time it takes to release the
uplink/downlink overload. If the OLC
period is excessively long, the system
respond very slowly to overload. If the
OLC period is excessively short,
unnecessary adjustment occur before
the previous OLC action has taken
effect, and therefore the system
performance is affected.
GUI Value Range:100~86400000
Actual Value Range:100~86400000
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-93
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:330
12-94
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
downlink load is within the range of
0% to 30%
DlNormalState: indicates the
downlink load is within the range of
30% to 50%
DlLoadedState: indicates the
downlink load is within the range of
50% to 70%
DlHeavyState: indicates the
downlink load is within the range of
70% to 95%
DlOverloadState: indicates
the downlink load is within the range
of 95% to 100%
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-95
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:None
Default Value:DL_LOADED_STATE
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-96
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
prevented. In a cell supporting
HSDPA, the value DL_LIGHT_STATE
is recommended. In a cell supporting
R99, the value DL_NORMAL_STATE
is recommended.
GUI Value Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE,
DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE,
DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Actual Value
Range:DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE,
DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE,
DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Unit:None
Default Value:DL_LIGHT_STATE
PenaltyTim BSC6900/BSC6 SET UCLB WRFD-140 Inter-Frequen Meaning:imer for cell punishment
eforHLoad 910
217
cy Load
after a failed inter-RNC
3GCell
Balancing
inter-frequency handover. During the
Based on
period specified by this timer, the cell
Configurable in question is no longer allowed to
Load
accommodate the UEs handed over
Threshold
from another cell.
GUI Value Range:0~7200
Actual Value Range:0~7200
Unit:s
Default Value:300
PerfEnhan BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 HSDPA State
ceSwitch 910
UCORRM 61111
Transition
PARA
WRFD-021 Emergency
104
Call
WRFD-010 UE State in
202
Connected
Mode
WRFD-020 (CELL-DCH,
400
CELL-PCH,
WRFD-010 URA-PCH,
CELL-FACH)
61004
WRFD-020 DRD
Introduction
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Meaning:1.
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITC
H: When this switch is turned on, the
procedure specific to AMR service
establishment takes effect.
2.
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the
AMR template takes effect.
3.
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the
SRB template takes effect.
12-97
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
60501
Package
WRFD-020 HSDPA
402
Power
Control
WRFD-020
40003
SRNS
Relocation
WRFD-010 (UE Not
61404
Involved)
Description
4.
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the
OLPC template takes effect.
5.
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWIT
CH: When this switch is turned on,
the AMR parameter template takes
effect.
Measurement 6.
Based Direct PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPL
Retry
T_SWITCH: When this switch is
Inter System turned on, the intra-frequency
measurement control template takes
Redirect
effect.
HSUPA
7.
2ms/10ms
TTI Handover PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_5
0_SWITCH: After a UE fails to be
handed over to a 2G cell during an
inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids
the UE to attempt a handover to the
2G cell in a certain period. When this
switch is turned on, the period is 50s.
When this switch is turned off, the
period is 30s.
8.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TT
I10_SWITCH: When this switch is
turned on, the uplink SRBs of HSUPA
10 ms non-conversational services
are always carried on DCHs, and the
original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is
invalid. When this switch is turned off,
SRBs for HSUPA 10 ms
non-conversational services can be
carried on HSUPA channels when the
original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is
set to HSUPA or HSPA. The switch is
set to OFF by default.
9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANC
E_SWITCH: When this switch is
turned on, the single-user peak-rate
improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2
ms TTI is enabled. When this switch
is turned off, the algorithm is disabled.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-98
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
The switch is set to OFF by default.
10.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_S
WITCH: When this switch is turned
on, the P2D cell update confirm
message simplification algorithm
takes effect. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm does not take
effect. By default, this switch is turned
off.
11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSI
DER_SWITCH: This check box
controls whether the RNC considers
the converged SIRTarget value that is
used before radio link reconfiguration
in outer loop power control performed
after radio link reconfiguration. If the
check box is not selected, the RNC
sends the initial SIRTarget value used
after radio link reconfiguration to the
NodeB.If the check box is selected,
the RNC selects a more appropriate
value from the initial SIRTarget value
used after radio link reconfiguration
and the converged SIRTarget value
used before radio link reconfiguration.
Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this
check box takes effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CAR
RY_SWITCH check box is selected.
12.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT
_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
on, The mechanism to avoid endless
back-and-forth RRC-redirections
takes effect. The switch is set to OFF
by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
whether to enable the optimized
algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH (also referred to as H2F
state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state
transition algorithm is enabled, and
event 4A measurement of traffic
volume or throughput is added to the
state transition procedure. The added
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-99
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
event 4A measurement prevents an
H2F state transition when data is
being transmitted.
14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWIT
CH: When the switch is turned on and
a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DC
H (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS
service can be set up on HSPA
channels after the state transition.
When the switch is turned off, PS
services can be set up only on DCHs
after a P2D state transition. This
switch is turned off by default.
15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_
SWITCH: When this switch is turned
on, VIP UEs report their transmit
power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of
intra-frequency cells. In addition,
these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the
uplink SIR, and the RNC records the
measurement results.
16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_T
RIG_SWITCH: Switch for including
the Tx interruption after trigger IE in
the uplink 4A traffic volume
measurement control message.
When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
control message from RNC includes
the Tx interruption after trigger IE for
UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and
processing PS BE services. The
value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command.
17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CH
ANGE_OPT_SWITCH: The NodeB
baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users
with different uplink bearer services,
for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-100
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services,
and R99 services. When serving a
large number of users, the system
cannot guarantee that all users can
access the network with the highest
service bearer supported by UEs.
This switch controls whether the
RNC allocates corresponding
channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the
NodeB private interface.
When this switch is turned on, the
RNC dynamically selects an
appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for
new users to maximize the system
capacity based on the actual NodeB
processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the
optimization process is disabled.
18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_P
ROC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to use
the optimized TTI switching algorithm
for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the
optimized algorithm does not take
effect. The original mechanism is
implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the
optimized algorithm takes effect. After
HSUPA services are configured or
reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs,
RTWP, consumed Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs
cannot change to use 2 ms TTI if no
data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE
_SWITCH: Whether to activate the
algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download rate.
20.
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_AD
JUST: Switch for adjusting the BLER
coefficient specific to CS services
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-101
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
based on the best cell's uplink load
status. When this switch is turned on,
the outer loop power control algorithm
uses the target BLER set by the OMU
board if the best cell's uplink load
status is LDR or OLC. If the status is
neither LDR nor OLC, this algorithm
uses this target BLER after being
divided by five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELA
Y_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
function of delaying the sending of an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when
an emergency call is made. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message
until the emergency call is
successfully set up. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC sends this
message upon receiving a
LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTRO
L message from the CN.
22.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA
_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to enable a
UE having multiple RLSs to use the
value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having
only one RLS. The two parameters
can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD
UCELLHSDPCCH" commands.
When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having
only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of
the two parameters that are for UEs
having only one RLS.
23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEF
ORCIP_SWITCH: Whether to enable
a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering.
When this switch is turned on, static
relocation request messages contain
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-102
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
the IE calculationTimeForCiphering.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DR
D_SWITCH: Whether to trigger the
DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH
to DCH when messages transmitted
over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time. When this switch is
turned off, the DRD procedure and
channel switchover from E-DCH or
HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if
messages transmitted over the Uu
and Iub interfaces do not arrive in
time. When this switch is turned on,
the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH
to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub
interfaces do not arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROA
DCAST_AMEND: Whether to
consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status
of a cell whose serving boards or CP
sub-systems are different from those
of its neighboring cells. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC
determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and
code resource usage. If power, CE, or
code resources in a cell become
congested, the RNC determines that
the cell experiences resource
congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the
resource status of such a cell based
on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_O
PT_SWITCH: When this switch is
turned on, candidate cells are ranked
by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the
"ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ"
command) for MBDR, and the cell
with the best signal quality is selected
as the target cell. When this switch is
turned off, candidate cells are not
ranked by InterFreqMeasQuantity for
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-103
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MBDR.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISS
ION_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
makes a pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during
an RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes a
pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not make a
pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup.
28.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_S
WITCH: Whether to activate the RRC
redirection in weak coverage
algorithm. When this switch is turned
on, UEs located in weak coverage are
redirected to the neighboring GSM
cell through RRC redirection. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm
is disabled.
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL
_SWITCH: Whether to preferentially
admit UEs processing PS services
who are involved in CS fallbacks.
When this switch is turned on, the
non-real-time PS services of the UE
involved in a CS fallback are switched
to a DCH with a data rate of 8 kbit/s
before the access to the UMTS
network. For the real-time PS
services, the UE follows the standard
access procedure. If the access fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch"
parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is
turned on, the UE can preempt other
UEs' resources. If this switch is turned
off, the UE has to try to access the
network as a common PS UE.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
N_ONLYSRBONDCH: This
parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-104
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
user-associated single-signaling R99
channel. When the switch specified
by this parameter is turned on, blind
detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
N_SRBAMRONDCH: This parameter
controls whether to enable blind
detection for the HSDPA
user-associated AMR R99 channel.
When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind
detection is enabled if the HSDPA
service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on
the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MST
O2MS_LIMIT: Whether to allow R6
UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms to 2
ms TTI. When the switch is turned on,
this switching is not allowed for R6
UEs. When the switch is turned off,
this limit does not work.
This parameter is an advanced
parameter. To modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPL
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_5
0_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TT
I10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANC
E_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSI
DER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT
_SWITCH,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-105
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_T
RIG_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CH
ANGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_P
ROC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_AD
JUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELA
Y_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA
_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEF
ORCIP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DR
D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROA
DCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISS
ION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
N_ONLYSRBONDCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
N_SRBAMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MST
O2MS_LIMIT
Actual Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPL
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_5
0_SWITCH,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-106
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TT
I10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANC
E_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSI
DER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_T
RIG_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CH
ANGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_P
ROC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_AD
JUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELA
Y_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA
_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEF
ORCIP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DR
D_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROA
DCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_O
PT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISS
ION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL
_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
N_ONLYSRBONDCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHE
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-107
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
N_SRBAMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MST
O2MS_LIMIT
Unit:None
Default
Value:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_
SWITCH-1&PERFENH_AMR_TMPL
T_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB_TM
PLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_
TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_AM
R_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
H_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITC
H-1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENAL
TY_50_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB
_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANC
E_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_
CUC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWIT
CH-1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PR
OTECT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_H2F
_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_PSTR
AFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_
TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HSUP
A_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENH
ANCE_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_OLP
C_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-1&PERFE
NH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_
PARA_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SW
ITCH-0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_T
RIG_DRD_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_C
ELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AME
ND-1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELL
SEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_R
RC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_
SWITCH0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMC
ALL_SWITCH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_W
HEN_ONLYSRBONDCH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_W
HEN_SRBAMRONDCH0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10M
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-108
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
STO2MS_LIMIT-0&PERFENH_CELL
_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWI
TCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-109
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
terminates the service for the user
due to the failure in cell resource
application.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-110
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
PS services.
4.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMP
T_PS_SWITCH: Whether CS access
requests preempt resources for PS
services when cell resources are
insufficient.When this switch is turned
on, CS services preempt resources
occupied by PS services to access
the cell, if CS access requests fail due
to insufficient cell resources.When
this switch is turned off, CS access
requests cannot initiate a preemption
for resources occupied by PS
services.
5.
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_
CTRL_SWITCH: Whether preemption
is allowed when the CPU load is high.
When this switch is turned on, a user
checks the CPU load when
attempting to preempt other users'
resources due to insufficient cell
resources and cannot preempt other
users' resources when the CPU
usage is higher than 70%. When
this switch is turned off, the user does
not consider the CPU load when
preempting other users' resources.
GUI Value
Range:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_P
REEMPT_CE_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEM
PT_SF_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMP
T_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMP
T_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_
CTRL_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_P
REEMPT_CE_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEM
PT_SF_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMP
T_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMP
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-111
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
T_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_
CTRL_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PR
EEMPT_CE_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT
_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_S
WITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC
_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-0&PREE
MPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_
SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_
HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH-1
Meaning:Reference used to
determine which priority is arranged
first in the priority sequence.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-112
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
conversational > streaming >
interactive > background. If the
TrafficClass factors are all the same,
the ARP factor is used and the priority
sequence is gold > silver > copper.
GUI Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Actual Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Unit:None
Default Value:ARP
1)
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCE
SS_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
WRFD-030 RAB Quality access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on the
004
of Service
FACH is determined according to the
Renegotiation current connection state of the RRC if
over Iu
the PS BE admission and the later
Interface
preemption and queuing fail.
Adaptive
Configuration
of Typical
HSPA Rate
Draft A (2013-01-30)
2)
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG
_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
initial rate of the service should be
dynamically configured according to
the value of Ec/No reported by the UE
when the PS BE service is
12-113
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
established.
3) PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the Iu QoS
Negotiation function is applied to the
PS BE service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the
RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.
4)
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH:
When the switch is on and the RAB
downsizing license is activated, the
initial speed is determined on the
basis of cell resources. Downsizing is
implemented for BE services.
5)
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the Iu
QoS Negotiation function is applied to
the PS STREAM service if Alternative
RAB Parameter Values IE is present
in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message.
6)
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SW
ITCH: When the switch is on, the
strict Iu QoS Negotiation function is
applied to the PS BE service,RNC
select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in
RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. When the
switch is not on, the loose Iu QoS
Negotiation function is applied to the
PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,max
bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS
Renegotiation between different
cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is
set to ON.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-114
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
7)HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_S
WITCH (HSPA typical traffic rate
adaptation switch): When this switch
is turned on, the RNC can calculate
the actual maximum traffic rate of PS
BE services over HSPA channels
based on the MBR assigned by the
CN, if the license controlling the
Adaptive Configuration of Typical
HSPA Rate feature is activated.
GUI Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE
_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG
_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWIT
CH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SW
ITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWI
TCH
Actual Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE
_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG
_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWIT
CH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SW
ITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWI
TCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_
ACCESS_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_INIT_
RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH-0&
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1
&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWI
TCH-0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_N
EG_SWITCH-0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_R
ATE_ALGO_SWITCH-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020Load
12-115
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
erLen
ULDM
910
102
Description
PWRSWIT DBS3900
MOD
CH
WCDMA/BTS39 ANTENNA
00
PORT
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
MRFD-210 Connection
601
with
TMA(Tower
MRFD-210 Mounted
602
Amplifier)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-116
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-117
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
expires.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:5000
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-118
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
RNC only delivers a new TFCS and
randomly selects a comparatively
long time length in the signaling value
scope. The UE automatically releases
TF restriction once the time expires.
GUI Value Range:1~65535
Actual Value Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-119
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
GUI Value Range:Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6,
Band7, Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Actual Value Range:Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6,
Band7, Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Default Value:DependOnNCell
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-120
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Distance
Description
the current cell when the UARFCN to
which the UE is redirected is the
same as that of the current cell.
GUI Value Range:Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6,
Band7, Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Actual Value Range:Band1, Band2,
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6,
Band7, Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020Service
12-121
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
12 Parameters
Parameter NE
ID
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
rOfLDR
UCELLRE 120
DIRECTIO
N
910
MOD
UCELLRE
DIRECTIO
N
Steering and
Load Sharing
in RRC
Connection
Setup
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-122
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:50
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-123
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:%
Default Value:None
Meaning:Whether service-based
RRC redirection algorithm is
applicable to a specific service type.
When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the service type during
initial RRC connection setup. If the
service type is defined by
"TrafficType", the RNC initiates a
redirection based on the configured
frequency.
This algorithm is activated only when
this parameter is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT and
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH in "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" is on.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Actual Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Meaning:Whether service-based
RRC redirection algorithm is
applicable to a specific service type.
When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the service type during
initial RRC connection setup. If the
service type is defined by
"TrafficType", the RNC initiates a
redirection based on the configured
frequency.
This algorithm is activated only when
this parameter is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT and
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH in "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" is on.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-124
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Actual Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-125
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912,
1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062,
2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4357-4458]
Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012,
1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4387-4413]
Special UARFCNs: {1037, 1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2237-2563]
Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612,
2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762,
2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2937-3088]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [9237-9387]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-126
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Distance
Description
BAND2
Common UARFCNs: [9662-9938]
Special UARFCNs: {412, 437, 462,
487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637,
662, 687}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs: [1162-1513]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND4
Common UARFCNs: [1537-1738]
Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912,
1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062,
2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4357-4458]
Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012,
1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4387-4413]
Special UARFCNs: {1037, 1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2237-2563]
Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612,
2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762,
2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2937-3088]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [9237-9387]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-127
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Inter-Frequen BAND1
cy
Redirection Common UARFCNs: [10562-10838]
Based on
Special UARFCNs: none
Distance
BAND2
Common UARFCNs: [9662-9938]
Special UARFCNs: {412, 437, 462,
487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637,
662, 687}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs: [1162-1513]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND4
Common UARFCNs: [1537-1738]
Special UARFCNs: {1887, 1912,
1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062,
2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4357-4458]
Special UARFCNs: {1007, 1012,
1032, 1037, 1062, 1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4387-4413]
Special UARFCNs: {1037, 1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2237-2563]
Special UARFCNs: {2587, 2612,
2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762,
2787, 2812, 2837, 2862, 2887, 2912}
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-128
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2937-3088]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [9237-9387]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed
[0-16383]
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-129
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4132-4233]
Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807,
812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4162-4188]
Special UARFCNs: {812, 837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338]
Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387,
2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537,
2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [8762-8912]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383
If the UL UARFCN is not manually
configured, if RedirBandInd is set to
BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4,
BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or
BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is
valid, then the target UL UARFCN of
the redirection is automatically
configured according to the following
principles:
If the DL UARFCN is a common
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 950
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-130
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
- 225
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND8: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND9: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 475
If the DL UARFCN is a special
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-131
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Based on
Distance
Description
BAND1
Common UARFCNs: [9612-9888]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND2
Common UARFCNs: [9262-9538]
Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87,
112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262,
287}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs: [937-1288]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND4
Common UARFCNs: [1312-1513]
Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687,
1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837,
1862}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs: [4132-4233]
Special UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807,
812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4162-4188]
Special UARFCNs: {812, 837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338]
Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387,
2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537,
2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [8762-8912]
Special UARFCNs: none
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-132
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383
If the UL UARFCN is not manually
set, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1,
BAND2, BAND3, BAND4, BAND5,
BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9,
and if the DL UARFCN is valid, then
the target UL UARFCN of the RRC
redirection is automatically set
according to the following principles:
If the DL UARFCN is a common
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 950
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND8: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND9: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 475
If the DL UARFCN is a special
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-133
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-134
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
BAND6
Common UARFCNs: [4162-4188]
Special UARFCNs: {812, 837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338]
Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387,
2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537,
2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND9
Common UARFCNs: [8762-8912]
Special UARFCNs: none
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383
If the UL UARFCN is not manually
configured, if RedirBandInd is set to
BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4,
BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or
BAND9, and if the DL UARFCN is
valid, then the target UL UARFCN of
the redirection is automatically
configured according to the following
principles:
If the DL UARFCN is a common
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 950
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-135
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND8: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND9: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 475
If the DL UARFCN is a special
UARFCN, the relation between the
UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is
as follows:
BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 400
BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND6: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
BAND7: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN
- 225
GUI Value Range:0~16383
Actual Value Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-136
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-137
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
613
Dynamic
Channel
WRFD-020 Configuration
701
Control
(DCCC)
Description
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
1, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
AMR-WB
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4,
(Adaptive
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,
Multi Rate
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6,
Wide Band) RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8,
AMR/WB-AM RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
R Speech
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
Rates Control RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32
Actual Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
1, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16,
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-138
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1
-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2-0
&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT6-0&RESERVE
D_SWITCH_0_BIT7-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT8-0&RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT9-0&RESERVED_SWI
TCH_0_BIT10-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT11-0&RESERVED_SWITC
H_0_BIT12-0&RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT13-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT14-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT15-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT16-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_B
IT17-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BI
T18-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT
19-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
0-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT21
-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT220&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT23-0
&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT24-0&
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT25-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT26-0&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT27-0&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28-0&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT31-0&RESERVE
D_SWITCH_0_BIT32-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-139
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
None
RFCONNT DBS3900
YPE
WCDMA/BTS39
00
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
None
Description
Meaning:Indicates the RF
interconnection type.Intra
interconnection means the
interconnection between two RRUs or
RFUs belonging to one base station
system. Outer connection means the
interconnection between two RRUs or
RFUs belonging to two base station
systems.
GUI Value
Range:INTRA_SYS_INTERCONN(In
tra interconnection),
OUTER_SYS_INTERCONN(Outer
interconnection), NULL(NULL)
Actual Value
Range:INTRA_SYS_INTERCONN,
OUTER_SYS_INTERCONN, NULL
Unit:None
Default Value:NULL(NULL)
RFDS
None
Meaning:Indicates the RF
desensitization intensity of the RRU
or RFU. When the air interface is
under strong blocking or interference,
the anti-interference capability of RF
modules can be improved by
decreasing the gain on RX channels
and lowering the receiver sensitivity.
Currently, this parameter can only be
set to 0 dB or 10 dB. When the
parameter is set to 10 dB, the uplink
receiver sensitivity is lowered by 10
dB. Therefore, the anti-interference
capability is improved.
GUI Value Range:0~10
Actual Value Range:0~10
Unit:dB
Default Value:0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-140
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
PWR
12-141
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
EMERGCALLEST,
INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST,
REGISTEST, DETACHEST,
ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST,
CALLREEST,
TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN,
MBMSCALLEST, DEFAULTEST
Actual Value
Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST,
ORIGSTREAMCALLEST,
ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ORIGBKGCALLEST,
ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST,
TERMCONVCALLEST,
TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
TERMINTERCALLEST,
TERMBKGCALLEST,
EMERGCALLEST,
INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST,
REGISTEST, DETACHEST,
ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST,
CALLREEST,
TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST,
TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN,
MBMSCALLEST, DEFAULTEST
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Meaning:Reserved parameter 1.
Disuse statement: This parameter is
used temporarily in patch versions
and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new
parameter ID reflects the parameter
function. Therefore, this parameter is
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved Switch
1), RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch 2),
RSVDBIT3(Reserved Switch 3),
RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch 4),
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-142
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
RSVDBIT5(Reserved Switch 5),
RSVDBIT6(Reserved Switch 6),
RSVDBIT7(Reserved Switch 7),
RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch 8),
RSVDBIT9(Reserved Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch 10),
RSVDBIT11(Reserved Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved Switch 12),
RSVDBIT13(Reserved Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch 14),
RSVDBIT15(Reserved Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch 16)
Actual Value Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3, RSVDBIT4,
RSVDBIT5, RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9, RSVDBIT10,
RSVDBIT11, RSVDBIT12,
RSVDBIT13, RSVDBIT14,
RSVDBIT15, RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDBIT2-0&R
SVDBIT3-0&RSVDBIT4-0&RSVDBIT
5-0&RSVDBIT6-0&RSVDBIT7-0&RS
VDBIT8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&RSVDBIT1
0-0&RSVDBIT11-0&RSVDBIT12-0&
RSVDBIT13-0&RSVDBIT14-0&RSV
DBIT15-0&RSVDBIT16-0
Draft A (2013-01-30)
None
12-143
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:0
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ2
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ3
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ4
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ5
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ6
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Description
12-144
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
Description
GUI Value Range:-130~130
Actual Value Range:-13~13, step:0.1
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:0
None
RTWPINIT DBS3900
MOD
ADJ7
WCDMA/BTS39 RXBRANC
00
H
WCDMA/BTS39
00A
WCDMA/BTS39
00L
WCDMA/BTS39
00AL WCDMA
None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-145
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
UCELLLDM" command.
4. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not consider the load in the
source cell before initiating a
service-based RRC redirection.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
ADD
WRFD-020 Overload
UCELLOL 107
Control
C
MOD
UCELLOL
C
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Logical
Meaning:Indicating whether the
900
Channel
FACH bears signalling
Management
GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
12-146
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:None
Default Value:True
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-147
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
If the load level of a cell is light, the
PUC algorithm will configure
selection/reselection parameters for
this cell to lead the UE to reselect this
cell rather than the previous
inter-frequency neighboring cell with
heavy load.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:45
T300
BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
Meaning:T300 is started when UE
910
UIDLEMO 101
Specifications sends the RRC CONNECTION
DETIMER
REQUEST message. It is stopped
when UE receives the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message.
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST will
be resent upon the expiry of the timer
if V300 is lower than or equal to
N300, else enter idle mode.
GUI Value Range:D100, D200, D400,
D600, D800, D1000, D1200, D1400,
D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,
D4000, D6000, D8000
Actual Value Range:100, 200, 400,
600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600,
1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D2000
T381
BSC6900/BSC6 SET
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
Meaning:T381 is started after the
910
UCONNM 101
Specifications RNC send message "RRC
ODETIME
CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL
R
UPDATE CONFIRM"). If T381 expire
and RNC does not receive "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP
COMPLETE"(or the response of
"CELL UPDATE CONFIRM") and
V381 is smaller than N381, RNC
resend "RRC CONNECTION
SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM") and restart timer T381
and increase V381. If RNC receive
"RRC CONNECTION SETUP
COMPLETE"(or the response of
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-148
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
"CELL UPDATE CONFIRM"), T381
will be stopped. Default value is
600ms.
GUI Value Range:D0, D100, D200,
D300, D400, D500, D600, D700,
D800, D900, D1000, D1200, D1500,
D2000
Actual Value Range:0, 100, 200, 300,
400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000,
1200, 1500, 2000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D600
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-149
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:DL basic common
102
Measurement measurement report cycle. For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the
102
Measurement HSDPA bit rate measurement report
period. For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:HSDPA power requirement
102
Measurement measurement report period For
detailed information of this parameter,
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:This parameter specifies the
102
Measurement HSUPA bit rate measurement report
period. For detailed information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:UL basic common
102
Measurement measurement report cycle. For
detailed information of this parameter,
12-150
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
refer to 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:1~6000
Actual Value Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
Meaning:Whether service-based
RRC redirections are performed on
mobile terminated calls (MTCs).
When this switch is turned on, RRC
redirections are performed on MTCs
of the selected service. When this
switch is turned off, RRC redirections
are performed only on mobile
originated calls (MOCs).
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-151
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:None
TrChId
BSC6900/BSC6 ADD
910
UFACH
MOD
UFACH
RMV
UFACH
WRFD-010 3GPP R9
Meaning:Uniquely identifying a FACH
101
Specifications in a cell.The ID of a common
transport channel is used to identify a
common physical channel in a cell.
Each common physical channel is
uniquely numbered within a cell. The
IDs of common physical channels
should be planned before the
channels are configured for the cell.
Configured according to the product
specifications.One cell has at least
two FACHs.One FACH bears signal,
the other bears traffic.One S-CCPCH
carries zero to two FACHs.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:None
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-152
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
high-speed moving UEs are not
handed over to the micro cells. When
this switch is turned off, MCDRD does
not consider the moving speeds of
UEs.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The
102
Measurement larger the value of this parameter, the
stronger the smoothing effect and the
higher the anti-slow-fading capability,
but the lower the signal change
tracing capability. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3,
D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13,
D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
Draft A (2013-01-30)
WRFD-020 Intra
104
Frequency
12-153
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of uplink CAC.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-154
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
handovers.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:13
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-155
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-156
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Default Value:3
WRFD-021 Dynamic
101
Channel
Configuration
Control
(DCCC)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-157
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-158
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:20
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of uplink LDR.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in
uplink credit LDR. The uplink credit
LDR could be triggered only when the
SF factor corresponding to the uplink
reserved credit is higher than the
uplink or downlink credit SF reserved
threshold.
GUI Value Range:8*SF4(8*SF4),
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-159
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
7*SF4(7*SF4), 6*SF4(6*SF4),
5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4),
3*SF4(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4),
SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:8*SF4, 7*SF4,
6*SF4, 5*SF4, 4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4,
SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8(SF8)
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-160
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
easily.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:45
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:Length of smoothing filter
102
Measurement window of uplink OLC.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Actual Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Default Value:5
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-161
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-162
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
internal counter is incremented by 1
with each execution. If the number of
overloads does not exceed the OLC
action threshold, the system lowers
the BE service rate by lowering TF to
relieve the overload. If the number of
overloads exceeds the OLC action
threshold, the previous operation has
no obvious effect on alleviating the
overload and the system has to
release users to solve the overload
problem.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:None
Default Value:3
WRFD-020 Load
Meaning:L3 filtering coefficient. The
102
Measurement larger the value of this parameter, the
stronger the smoothing effect and the
higher the anti-slow-fading capability,
but the lower the signal change
tracing capability. For detailed
information of this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3,
D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13,
D15, D17, D19
Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-163
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
parameters a bit higher given that the
difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold
is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:85
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-164
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
recommended difference between the
OLC release threshold and the OLC
trigger threshold is higher than 10%.
It is desirable to set the two
parameters a bit higher given that the
difference between OLC trigger
threshold and OLC release threshold
is fixed.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:95
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-165
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
MOD
UCELLLD
M
Based on
Configurable
Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-166
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
handovers.
GUI Value Range:0~100
Actual Value Range:0~100
Unit:%
Default Value:15
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-167
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
Unit:%
Default Value:40
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-168
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
Parameter NE
ID
12 Parameters
MML
Feature ID Feature
Command
Name
Description
lower than the threshold, the cell
signal quality is poor, and the UEs are
redirected to the neighboring GSM
cell when the
"PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_S
WITCH" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMPARA" command is set to
ON.
Actual Value = (GUI Value 49(offset)) x 0.5.
GUI Value Range:0~49
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0
Unit:0.5dB
Default Value:13
Draft A (2013-01-30)
12-169
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
13 Counters
Table 13-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Emergency Call
Emergency Call
Emergency Call
Emergency Call
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
10
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
13-2
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
Inter Frequency
Hard Handover
Based on Coverage
Inter Frequency
Hard Handover
WRFD-0201 Based on DL QoS
06
Load Reshuffling
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-3
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
Draft A (2013-01-30)
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
13-4
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
Inter System
Redirect
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-5
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
05
Control
13-6
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Release
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-7
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-8
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Release
Overload Control
67191150
67191151
67191151
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-9
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-10
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-11
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-12
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-13
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
07
67192975 VS.RAB.RelReq Number of HSDPA RABs
PS.BE.HSDPA. Carrying Golden Users BE
Cong.Golden
Traffic Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-14
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-15
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Re Number of RRC Connection BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Service Steering and
dir.Service
Rejects Due to
20
Load Sharing in RRC
Service-based RRC
Connection Setup
WRFD-0105
Redirection for Cell
10
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbp
s RRC Connection
and Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment and
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-16
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Release
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Measurement Based
Direct Retry
Measurement Based
Direct Retry
Measurement Based
Direct Retry
Measurement Based
Direct Retry
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-17
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
67199618 VS.MeanTCP
67199681 VS.MinRTWP
67199682 VS.MaxTCP
Maximum Transmitted
Power of Carrier for Cell
67199682 VS.MaxTCP
Maximum Transmitted
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-18
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
02
67199683 VS.MinTCP
67199683 VS.MinTCP
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-19
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-20
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-21
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-22
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-23
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.ULPower
Due to UL Power
06
Congestion for Cell
67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.ULPower
Due to UL Power
06
Congestion for Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLPower
Due to DL Power
06
Congestion for Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLPower
Due to DL Power
06
Congestion for Cell
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLCode
Due to DL Code Resource
06
Congestion for Cell
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLCode
Due to DL Code Resource
06
Congestion for Cell
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.ULCE
Due to UL CE Resource
06
Congestion
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
Due to UL CE Resource
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-24
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
Congestion
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
06
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLCE
Due to DL CE Resource
06
Congestion
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLCE
Due to DL CE Resource
06
Congestion
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.ULIub
Due to UL Iub Transmission
06
Resource Congestion for
Cell
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.ULIub
Due to UL Iub Transmission
06
Resource Congestion for
Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6910 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLIub
Due to DL Iub Transmission
06
Resource Congestion for
Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Ti Duration of Cell in LDR State BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling
me.DLIub
Due to DL Iub Transmission
06
Resource Congestion for
Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEsta Number of Queuing
BSC6910 WRFD-0105 Queuing and
bCS.Queue
Attempts Due to Insufficient
05
Pre-Emption
Resource in the CS RAB
Assignment Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEsta Number of Queuing
BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and
bCS.Queue
Attempts Due to Insufficient
05
Pre-Emption
Resource in the CS RAB
Assignment Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEsta Number of Queuing
BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and
bPS.Queue
Attempts Due to Insufficient
05
Pre-Emption
Resource in the PS RAB
Assignment Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEsta Number of Queuing
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-25
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
05
Pre-Emption
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-26
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-27
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
17
Configurable Load
Threshold
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
13-28
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
06
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
WRFD-1402 Based on
17
Configurable Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
Load Reshuffling
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
13-29
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Threshold
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Load Reshuffling
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
13-30
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
Inter Frequency
Load Balance
Intra System Direct
Retry
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-31
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
0003
Redirect
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-32
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
17
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-33
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
for Cell
Feature Name
Configurable Load
Threshold
73441123
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-34
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73441143
73441143
73441144
73441144
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Inter-Frequency
Load Balancing
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-35
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
13 Counters
NE
Feature ID
Load-based Handovers in a
PS CLB Cell
Feature Name
Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold
Draft A (2013-01-30)
13-36
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
14 Glossary
14 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
14-1
WCDMA RAN
Load Control
15 Reference Documents
15 Reference Documents
[1] 3GPP TS 25.133: Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)
[2] 3GPP TS 25.215: Physical layer - Measurements (FDD)
[3] 3GPP TS 25.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification
[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC)
[5] 3GPP TS 25.413: UTRAN Iu Interface RANAP Signaling
[6] DCCC Feature Parameter Description
[7] AMR Feature Parameter Description
[8] MBMS Feature Parameter Description
[9] HSDPA Feature Parameter Description
[10] HSUPA Feature Parameter Description
[11] Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
[12] Handover Feature Parameter Description
Draft A (2013-01-30)
15-1